Commit graph

3996 commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Jouni Malinen
19d4dab759 D-Bus: Avoid compiler warning on sometimes uninitialized variable
The logic in wpas_dbus_signal_p2p_provision_discovery() seemed to imply
that there could be a case where _signal would be used uninitized. While
that is not the case since either (request || !status) or (!request &&
status) would always be true, some compilers do not seem to be clever
enough to figure that out to avoid the warning. Make this easier for
such compilers by removing the (!request && status) condition since it
is identical to !(request || !status).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-02 22:48:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bc7baaff24 D-Bus: Make WPAS_DBUS_TYPE_BINARRAY value less confusing
Commit 911e97e400 ('DBus: Refactor array
adding, add binary arrays') introduced WPAS_DBUS_TYPE_BINARRAY as an
internal fake type for array_type. However, it selected this value to be
(DBUS_NUMBER_OF_TYPES + 100) = 116 = 't'. This happens to conflict with
DBUS_TYPE_UINT64 ((int) 't'). While none of the existing array_type use
cases supported UINT64, it is much clearer if WPAS_DBUS_TYPE_BINARRAY
has a value that does not match any existing DBUS_TYPE_* value. Replace
this with '@' (64).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2015-01-01 13:51:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f3682dc6f D-Bus: Fix dict binarray getter to accept empty array of array
This is needed to allow Set(P2PDeviceConfig) to clear the
VendorExtension array (i.e., to remove all configured vendor
extensions). Previously, such an attempt was met with a D-Bus assert and
rejection of the operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-31 13:34:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
54e06b4ffb D-Bus: Fix memory leak on P2PDeviceConfig::VendorExtension
The wps_vendor_ext array can be set using D-Bus Set(P2PDeviceConfig)
with the VendorExtension key in the dictionary. However, there was no
code for freeing the allocated memory when the interface is removed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-31 13:07:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
68bb007743 D-Bus: Fix GONegotiationSuccess signal passphrase format
Passphrase is a variable length string of (8..63 characters), not a byte
array of fixed 64 octets.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-31 11:44:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3cccf0b870 D-Bus: Make wpas_dbus_error_scan_error() static
This function is not used anywhere outside this file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-31 11:00:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2544394406 D-Bus: Fix ServiceDiscoveryResponse to accept int32 dialog_token
The ServiceDiscoveryRequest signal uses int32 for encoding dialog_token
for some reason (even though this is a u8 field).
ServiceDiscoveryResponse is supposed to accept the values from the
signal as-is, so extend that to accept int32 in addition to the
previously used uint32.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-31 10:47:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9c4694ce7c D-Bus: Fix memory leaks on AddService/DeleteService error paths
The query and service parameters need to be freed on all paths to avoid
memory leaks in error cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-31 01:05:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b07f1ebe0f D-Bus: Fix .Group Set(WPSVendorExtensions) format
The earlier implementation seemed to require a strange extra
encapsulation with a dictionary for setting the WPSVendorExtensions
property while this was defined to have aay signature and the get
operation did indeed return and array of array of bytes without that
dictionary. Fix this to accept aay format for the setter as well. Keep
support for the old dictionary encapsulation format for backwards
compatibility.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-30 22:22:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8509fb5cce D-Bus: Fix memory leak on P2P GO WPSVendorExtensions
It was possible to add WPS vendor extensions through the D-Bus
WPSVendorExtensions setter, but these extensions were not freed when the
P2P GO was stopped or when replacing previously configured extensions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-30 22:22:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4e70bbf1c6 SAE: Clear keys from memory on disassociation
There is no need to keep temporary keys in memory beyond the end of the
association, so explicitly clear any SAE buffers that can contain keys
as soon as such keys are not needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 20:00:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6df1973988 Clear psk_list while freeing config_ssid instances
Previously, the main PSK entry was cleared explicitly, but psk_list
could include PSKs for some P2P use cases, so clear it as well when
freeing config_ssid instances.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 19:44:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e886c88e95 Explicitly clear the temporary stack-based PSK buffer
There is no need to leave this temporary key in stack memory after
having been configured to the WPA state machine.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 19:44:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
658da804e5 Explicitly clear the temporary stack-based key for WPA-None
There is no need to leave this temporary key in stack memory after
having been configured to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 19:44:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f42df14415 WPS ER: Explicitly clear PSK from stack after use
There is no need to leave the PSK from temporary Credential structure
that was built in stack after that Credential has been passed to the WPS
module.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 19:44:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ce52d031e5 Clear wpa_psk memory when setting up wpa_supplicant AP mode
This is more of a theoretical case since this part is done only during
setup and the structure is not allocated in practice. Anyway,
maintaining more consistent use of bin_clear_free() for structures that
may contain keys is useful.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 19:44:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
74df9c1c43 D-Bus(old): Remove duplicated blob->data check
This was already verified to be non-NULL above and there is no point in
having an extra check after the pointer has already been dereferenced.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8193e01e5b D-Bus(old): Remove unnecessary wpa_supplicant_state_txt() check
This function cannot return NULL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
62856ad989 D-Bus(old): Fix removeNetwork and selectNetwork error handling
wpas_dbus_decompose_object_path() may leave the network part NULL on
unexpected path. This resulted in NULL pointer dereference when
processing an invalid removeNetwork or selectNetwork call. Fix this by
explicitly verifying that the network part was included in the object
path.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
84edd136b5 D-Bus(old): Fix interface to show correct err_msg for blob removal
The "Invalid blob name" string was not shown since the zero-length name
was used regardless of first verifying that it should not be allowed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
91c539c01d D-Bus(old): Fix WPS interface to require BSSID for wpsReg
External WPS Registrar operation requires the BSSID to be specified, so
the old D-Bus interface better apply that requirement as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dddd870d16 D-Bus(old): Fix WPS interface for PIN from wpa_supplicant case
dbus_message_append_args() needs char** and &npin ended up being char*
and resulted in segmentation fault.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f136bc126 D-Bus: Fix P2P persistent group removal from non-D-Bus triggers
It is possible for the persistent group object to be added and removed
by non-D-Bus triggers (e.g., ctrl_iface commands). The add part was
already handled, but removal was not. That resulted in memory leaks when
a P2P persistent group was removed without using an explicit D-Bus
command for this even if the object was added without D-Bus involvement.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d20be3a739 D-Bus: Fix WPS ConfigMethods getter to handle no value properly
wpas_dbus_simple_property_getter() cannot be used with NULL
DBUS_TYPE_STRING, so replace that with an empty string to handle the
case of no config_methods parameter in the configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
11973b2682 D-Bus: Fix P2P peer joined/disconnected handlers
It is possible for the peer to be a non-P2P device and as such, for
p2p_dev_addr to be NULL. This resulted in NULL pointer dereference if
D-Bus interface was enabled for the interface when a legacy STA joined a
group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b8db1dfc5c Clear next_scan_freqs on wpa_supplicant FLUSH command
It was possible for old scan state to remain from a previous test case
when an operation like WNM neighbor scan or another-BSS-in-ESS was
started, but stopped at the end of a test case. This could result in
failures, e.g., when running wnm_bss_tm_req followed by scan_setband.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f4637fe0fd wpa_supplicant: Set stdout line-buffered
This makes wpa_supplicant debug output in stdout line-buffered to remain
consistent with hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
010fa245bd Add QUIET=1 option for make
This can be used to reduce verbosity for build messages.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-29 15:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
49e3eea8d9 Avoid -Wshadow warnings from older gcc versions
It looks like gcc 4.8.2 would warn about these with -Wshadow, but 4.6.3
did.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-26 13:21:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a193231dfb Clean up debug prints to use wpa_printf()
This converts most of the remaining perror() and printf() calls from
hostapd and wpa_supplicant to use wpa_printf().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-26 13:20:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
36f0cf3774 privsep: Fix compilation due to associate() parameter updates
struct wpa_driver_associate_params moved to using struct
hostapd_freq_params instead of just frequency. Need to update wpa_priv
to do same.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-25 16:37:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4a393fe9f8 WPS: Do not indicate PBC overlap for the same BSS
Even if the UUID would have a mismatch, e.g., due to no UUID known for
the target in a new WPS PBC instance, do not indicate PBC session
overlap if the BSSID is same in the two entries. This should not really
happen in normal use cases, but can happen at least in some test
scenarios where the same BSSID is used in consecutive test cases and the
old BSS entry remains in cfg80211 cache.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-25 16:37:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3a322496f9 mesh: Delay Authentication frame process with no_auto_peer
There is a possible race condition between receiving the
NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE event and the Authentication frame from the peer.
Previously, if the Authentication frame RX event was indicated first,
that frame got dropped silently. Now, this frame is still dropped, but a
copy of it is stored and the frame gets processed on the following
NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE event if that is received for the same peer within
two seconds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-23 13:44:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d97a3c4885 SME: Optimize OBSS scanning
Include only the potentially affected channel range in OBSS scans to
reduce the amount of offchannel time needed for scanning when requested
by the AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-22 22:07:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
267ac3bcd6 Add more debug prints for WPA/RSN selection issues for connection
ap_ft_sae test case managed to hit a somewhat unclear error case which
resulted in "WPA: Failed to select WPA/RSN" print and not enough
information to figure out what exactly had went wrong.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-22 13:49:52 +02:00
Masashi Honma
d5b95325de mesh: Fill Number of Peerings field in Mesh Formation Info
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-12-21 23:59:40 +02:00
Masashi Honma
46e8d90f6a mesh: Add debug message when peering limit is reached
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-12-21 23:55:44 +02:00
Masashi Honma
4b4093686b mesh: Make maximum number of peer links configurable
Maximum number of peer links is maximum number of connecting mesh peers
at the same time. This value is 0..255 based on the
dot11MeshNumberOfPeerings range.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-12-21 23:52:31 +02:00
Masashi Honma
9c58c5f72c mesh: Make beacon interval configurable
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-12-21 23:38:20 +02:00
Masashi Honma
3b797130d7 doc: Remove error on document creation
Unexpected trailing zero causes following error.

wpa_supplicant.sgml:472:53:E: character data is not allowed here

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-12-21 23:36:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
422ba11e30 Flush WPS registrar state on wpa_supplicant FLUSH command
This helps hwsim test cases by avoiding undesired state from previously
executed test cases affecting following tests.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-21 17:47:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
209702d4c9 Add possibility to set the setband parameter
Commit faf9a8585d added mechanism for
selecting 2.4 or 5 GHz band for scan operation. However, no mechanism
for setting the setband value was added at that time. This commit adds a
new SET ctrl_iface parameter to allow the setband functionality to be
used. "SET setband <AUTO/5G/2G>" can be used to select all bands, 5 GHz
band only, or 2.4 GHz band only.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-19 22:56:41 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
ee82e33d6a Do not trigger the scan during initialization on Android platforms
Android framework maintains a state to process the scan results after
the scan is issued. If wpa_supplicant issues the scan during the
initialization, the one issued by the framework may fail (with EBUSY) if
the host driver is already processing the scan. Thus, the scan results
returned for the first scan triggered by wpa_supplicant are not
processed for getting displayed resulting in delay for the display of
the first scan results after the Wi-Fi subsystem initialization. Thus,
trigger the scan only based on the framework request on Android.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-19 15:24:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e69ae5ff31 Reject new SCAN commands if there is a pending request
FAIL-BUSY was already returned for the case where a scan had been
started, but with the radio work design, it would have been possible to
schedule multiple scan requests if a non-scan radio work was in
progress. Multiple back-to-back scans are not usually very helpful, so
reject this type of cases where the SCAN command would be used to build
such a sequence.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-19 15:14:38 +02:00
Jithu Jance
49e1e9ca88 P2P: Avoid truncation of long listen operation due to offchan tx
On receiving the cancel remain on channel event, the pending_tx
is scheduled immediately and returned. This was preventing
the wpas_p2p_listen_start function from execution thereby resulting
in termination of the long listen operation.

Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2014-12-18 16:41:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0855e2e188 Do not allow network block scan_freq override SCAN command frequencies
The manual scan operations with the SCAN command are supposed to have
independent set of scan frequencies, so do not allow scan_freq
parameters to override scanned frequencies for scans that were triggered
with a SCAN command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-15 00:55:56 +02:00
Masashi Honma
5b78493f3b mesh: Add mesh interface creation command for mesh gate
The mesh gate is used to bridge (or route) between mesh network and
another network. For example, mesh gate acts as router between mesh
network and IEEE 802.11 BSS network.

This command makes a virtual mesh interface to be used for mesh gate.

This command expects to be used like this.

wpa_cli -i wlan0 MESH_INTERFACE_ADD ifname=mesh0
wpa_cli -i mesh0 add_network
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 ssid '"commell_2X_mmm"'
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 mode 5
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 frequency 2412
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 key_mgmt SAE
wpa_cli -i mesh0 set_network 0 psk '"01234567"'
wpa_cli -i mesh0 mesh_group_add 0
wpa_cli -i wlan0 mesh_group_remove mesh0

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-12-14 23:27:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e77007132e Extend wpa_supplicant STA* ctrl_iface commands for mesh
Since mesh functionality uses struct hostapd_data to maintain peer
state, the existing STA* control interface commands can be used to
display information about the peers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 20:14:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b0f33467a5 Clean up VHT override max A-MPDU override calculation
There is no need to use runtime call to find_first_bit() to determine
shift amount for a constant integer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 18:48:59 +02:00
Led
2797486c4f Fix bashisms in wps-ap-cli script
Option '-p' of 'read' command may be unsupported in some POSIX-complete
shells. So replace 'read -p' with 'echo -n'/'read' pair.

Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Chumachenko <ledest@gmail.com>
2014-12-14 18:27:54 +02:00
Arkadiusz (Arkq) Bokowy
7b244d577a wpa_gui: Quiet mode - disable tray icon messages
If tray icon messages are perceived as disturbing, one can pass `-q`
parameter on the command line to disable them permanently.

Signed-off-by: Arkadiusz Bokowy <arkadiusz.bokowy@gmail.com>
2014-12-14 17:26:42 +02:00
Arkadiusz (Arkq) Bokowy
2087b64fef wpa_gui: More informative tray icon tool tip message
Show associated network SSID in the tool tip message of the
application's tray icon. When network is not associated, then simple
"(not-associated)" message is shown.

Signed-off-by: Arkadiusz Bokowy <arkadiusz.bokowy@gmail.com>
2014-12-14 17:23:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
81648d0041 SAE: Report connection failure if SME cannot build auth frame
Instead of just stopping connection process and network discovery,
report SAE failures to build Authentication frames (e.g., due to missing
password) as a connection failure to get the normal retry mechanism into
use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 16:48:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e3afd7f6c offchannel: Use wpas_get_tx_interface() src parameter more consistently
Both the wpa_s->pending_action_src and src argument to
wpas_get_tx_interface() were used somewhat randomly. Make this more
consistent since these values are pointing to the same address and the
implementation is easier to understand when it is obvious that there is
only one address being used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 15:47:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
568475b70b HS 2.0: Allow CANCEL_FETCH_OSU to stop at scan completion
There is no need to start the GAS/ANQP fetch if the FETCH_OSU operation
has already been canceled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 02:28:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f77cedc11a WPS ER: Remove unnecessary return value
wps_er_deinit() cannot fail and it does not return anything, so neither
should wpas_wps_er_stop().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-14 02:28:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5407c69d15 Remove unnecessary STA_AUTOCONNECT handler function
This function could not fail and it can be replaced with a single
line variable update that takes less code than the function call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-13 19:27:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a1144000cd Remove unnecessary return value
wpa_bss_flush*() cannot fail and as such, there is no need for
wpa_supplicant_ctrl_iface_bss_flush() to return a value either.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-13 19:22:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5ac73acf12 Simplify eapol_sm_get_mib() result handling
This function cannot return negative value, so no need to check for
that. If there is not enough room in the buffer or if something
unexpected happens, 0 is returned.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-13 19:15:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
43a66ecba3 Fix SCAN control interface command error cases
Update the scan parameters in wpa_s only in case the scan command is
going to be executed. In other words, do not change the parameters for
an ongoing scan (the SCAN command is rejected with FAIL-BUSY) or if any
of the parameters is invalid.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-12 01:12:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2961bfa8e1 Remove unused send_eapol() driver op
The send_eapol() callback was used by driver_test.c, but with that
removed, there is no remaining users of the alternative EAPOL frame
transmitting mechanism in wpa_supplicant, i.e., all remaining driver
interfaces use l2_packet instead. Remove the send_eapol() to get rid of
unused code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-11 15:40:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b68d602dc4 Fix ANQP_GET/HS20_GET_ANQP parsing to skip space after address
The space following the BSSID was not skipped properly if the following
parameter started with the "hs20:" prefix. For other cases, atoi() ended
up ignoring the space, but it is cleaner to skip it anyway for all
cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-11 15:18:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
42a697256e P2P: Allow cross connection on the parent interface
Previously, any P2P capable interface was skipped in cross connection
uplink consideration. However, this ends up skipping more or less all
nl80211-based driver cases now since they mark the main interface P2P
capable. Relax this rule to allow the parent interface to be used as the
non-P2P station interface for cross connection purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-10 01:54:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
97cfe110dc Clear wpa_s->disconnected on ctrl_iface FLUSH
This is needed to get into more consistent state after the FLUSH
command. DISCONNECT followed by FLUSH could result in
wpa_s->disconnected being left to 1 and this resulted in a test failure,
e.g., when running wpas_ctrl_dup_network followed by
wpas_ctrl_enable_disable_network where the latter was expecting
ENABLE_NETWORK on a disabled network to connect automatically and that
does not happen if wpa_s->disconnected == 1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-08 16:22:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aaadd72733 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - more checks
Add more os_snprintf() result validation checks.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d39977136 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently
While these are using practically large enoungh buffer sizes, it is
better to be more consistent with checking os_snprintf() return value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f102d3bb0 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - manual
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() for cases that were note covered by spatch and
semantic patches.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eeab4f2fda Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - automatic 3
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() where the comparison was 'res > size' instead of
'res >= size - 1'. These changes were done automatically with spatch
using the following semantic patch:

@@
identifier E1;
expression E2,E3,E4,E5,E6;
statement S1;
@@

(
  E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  int E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else if (E6)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = 0;
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else if (E6) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  }
)
? os_free(E4);
- if (E1 < 0 || (size_t) E1 >= E3 - 1)
+ if (os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
(
  S1
|
{ ... }
)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7bdd8981f7 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - automatic 2
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() where the comparison was 'res > size' instead of
'res >= size'. These changes were done automatically with spatch using
the following semantic patch:

@@
identifier E1;
expression E2,E3,E4,E5,E6;
statement S1;
@@

(
  E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  int E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else if (E6)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = 0;
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else if (E6) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  }
)
? os_free(E4);
- if (E1 < 0 || \( E1 > E3 \| (size_t) E1 > E3 \| E1 > (int) E3 \))
+ if (os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
(
  S1
|
{ ... }
)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d85e1fc8a5 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - automatic 1
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() where the exact rule used in os_snprintf_error() was
used. These changes were done automatically with spatch using the
following semantic patch:

@@
identifier E1;
expression E2,E3,E4,E5,E6;
statement S1;
@@

(
  E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  int E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
|
  if (E5)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else if (E6)
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  else
	E1 = 0;
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else if (E6) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	return -1;
  }
|
  if (E5) {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  } else {
	...
	E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
  }
)
? os_free(E4);
- if (E1 < 0 || \( E1 >= E3 \| (size_t) E1 >= E3 \| (unsigned int) E1 >= E3 \| E1 >= (int) E3 \))
+ if (os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
(
  S1
|
{ ... }
)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a80ba67a26 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - success case
This converts os_snprintf() result validation cases to use
os_snprintf_error() in cases where success condition was used to execute
a step. These changes were done automatically with spatch using the
following semantic patch:

@@
expression E1,E2,E3;
statement S1;
@@

  E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
- if (\( E1 >= 0 \| E1 > 0 \) && \( (size_t) E1 < E3 \| E1 < (int) E3 \| E1 < E3 \))
+ if (!os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
  S1

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a9aaacbb50 Check os_snprintf() result more consistently - maximum length
This adds verification of os_snprintf() result against the maximum
buffer length. These changes were done automatically with spatch
using the following semantic patch:

@@
expression E1,E2,E3;
statement S1;
@@

  E1 = os_snprintf(E2, E3, ...);
- if (\( E1 < 0 \| E1 <= 0 \))
+ if (os_snprintf_error(E3, E1))
(
  S1
|
{ ... }
)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
faebdeaa9e Use os_calloc() instead of os_zalloc()
Automatic changes with spatch using the following semantic patch:

@@
constant C;
type T;
@@

- os_zalloc(C*sizeof(T))
+ os_calloc(C,sizeof(T))

@@
expression E;
type T;
@@

- os_zalloc((E)*sizeof(T))
+ os_calloc(E,sizeof(T))

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c054190603 Fix DUP_NETWORK debug print on error case
Incorrect network id was printed in debug output if DUP_NETWORK
destination network was not found.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
49328f0756 Remove unnecessary ctrl_iface command check
MESH_GROUP_REMOVE always passes in the cmd pointer, so this cannot
really be NULL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:42:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d02dcb28bc Remove unnecessary ctrl_iface cmd check
This pointer cannot be NULL sicne it is called only from this file and
with a valid pointer to the received command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-08 11:07:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d84416a2af Interworking: Make bounds checking easier for static analyzers
'num * 5 > end - pos' handles bounds checking a bit more efficiently,
but apparently that is not clear enough for all static analyzers.
Replace with 'num > left / 5' to avoid false reports. (CID 68117)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 19:25:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8105821b39 Replace send_ft_action() driver_op with send_action()
This reduced number of unnecessarily duplicated driver interface
callback functions for sending Action frames by using the more generic
send_action() instead of FT specific send_ft_action().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-06 18:13:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bc0ba01d70 WFD: Allow WFD_SUBELEM_SET/GET all to be used with full IE buffer
This extends the previously used WFD_SUBELEM_SET/GET <subelem id> design
to allow special "all" value to be used as an id to indicate that all
WFD subelements are to be set/get. This uses similar interface as was
previously added over D-Bus.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-05 15:22:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f80936094e WMM-AC: Use DEBUG verbosity for ignoring Action frame messages
There is no point in flooding the log with WARNING or ERROR level
messages if WMM-AC related Action frames are ignored in cases where they
were not expected. In addition, WARNING/ERROR should not really be used
in cases an invalid frame is dropped especially if this is not related
to a security setup since external devices could otherwise generate log
entries.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-05 13:17:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0570a3ea7d HS 2.0: Clarify OSU Provider list length validation
The previous version was somewhat too complex for some static analyzers.
Use local variables for the extracted length fields and explicitly
compare these against the remaining buffer length. (CID 68121)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-05 00:56:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
65d9a5e254 ERP: Add wpa_supplicant ERP_FLUSH ctrl_iface command
This can be used to flush all the ERP keys.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-04 12:16:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
02a8d45ace ERP: Add support for ERP on EAP peer
Derive rRK and rIK on EAP peer if ERP is enabled. The new wpa_supplicant
network configuration parameter erp=1 can now be used to configure the
EAP peer to derive EMSK, rRK, and rIK at the successful completion of an
EAP authentication method. This functionality is not included in the
default build and can be enabled with CONFIG_ERP=y.

If EAP authenticator indicates support for re-authentication protocol,
initiate this with EAP-Initiate/Re-auth and complete protocol when
receiving EAP-Finish/Re-auth.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-12-04 12:16:29 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
f34891a3af Return only full network line in list_networks
It makes more sense to truncate at line boundary especially with the new
LAST_ID parameter.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-12-03 22:31:53 +02:00
Vinit Deshpande
90903a77ef List all networks despite message limit of 4096 bytes
This change creates 'LIST_NETWORK LAST_ID=x' form to allow
retrieval of all networks saved in the system. Without this form,
only first few (whatever fills in first 4096 bytes) can be
retrieved.

Signed-off-by: Vinit Deshpande <vinitd@google.com>
2014-12-02 23:47:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
44177b69e8 Allow a BSS entry with all-zeros BSSID to expire
wpa_bss_in_use() used to determine that a BSS with BSSID of
00:00:00:00:00:00 is in use in almost every case since either
wpa_s->bssid or wpa_s->pending_bssid was likely to be cleared. This
could result in a corner case of a BSS entry remaining in the BSS table
indefinitely if one was added there with a (likely bogus) address of
00:00:00:00:00:00. Fix this by ignore wpa_s->bssid and
wpa_s->pending_bssid if the BSSID in the BSS table entry is
00:00:00:00:00:00.

In theory, that address is a valid BSSID, but it is unlikely to be used
in any production AP, so the potential expiration of a BSS entry with
that address during a connection attempt would not be a concern
(especially when a new scan would be enough to recover from that).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-02 19:46:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e374522827 Do not start new radio work on scan completion during ext work
Externally triggered scan could result in a new radio work item getting
started even when external radio work was in progress. Delay such start
until the external work is completed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-12-01 20:17:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4f9a5ea5cc WPS: Fix current_ssid clearing on duplicate network removal
It was possible for the current network profile to be deleted when
merging duplicated WPS credentials. However, this did not clear
wpa_s->current_ssid and it was possible for something else to end up
dereferencing that pointer to now freed memory. This could be hit, e.g.,
with ap_wps_mixed_cred. Fix this by clearing current_ssid also in this
code path similarly to other cases of network block getting removed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-30 15:53:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e4a35f07d9 mesh: Skip fast-association when using connect_without_scan
The mesh group addition was designed to use wpa_s->connect_without_scan
to skip a scan. That path was skipped if wpa_supplicant_fast_associate()
allowed previous scan results to be used. This could result in undesired
double-initialization attempt for the mesh interface. Avoid this by not
using wpa_supplicant_fast_associate() when wpa_s->connect_without_scan
is set.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-30 15:53:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
608b0ff52a mesh: Check for initialization failures
It is possible that these location ended up getting called before mesh
startup operations had been completed and that could result in
dereferencing NULL pointers. Address those error cases by verifying that
the needed parameters are available before using them.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-30 15:53:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9a700ff9ef Ignore auth/assoc timeout events in mesh configuration
It was possible for auth/assoc timeout/failure event from the driver to
result in unexpected processing during mesh group setup if that
operation was started before the previously started driver operation to
association/connect had completed. Since those events cannot happen in
mesh cases, ignore them to avoid issues due to this corner case.

For example, monitor_iface_unknown_sta followed by wpas_mesh_secure test
case resulted in failure without this change.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-30 15:53:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
763041b2e8 mesh: Avoid a false maybe-uninitialized compiler warning
An earlier check of the action_field value above the switch statement
already took care of all other possible cases, but that was apparently
too difficult for the compiler to notice. Bring back the default case to
avoid incorrect warnings about the event variable being maybe
uninitialized.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-30 15:53:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c932b43e56 mesh: Add more debug information to MPM Action frame processing
This makes it easier to figure out why a peering message is dropped.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-28 23:02:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fc0ef7c0e7 Add DATA_TEST_FRAME for testing Data frame processing
The new wpa_supplicant control interface command can be used in
automated testing to verify how AP processes Data frames with arbitrary
contents. This is enabled only in builds with CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-27 23:51:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b925506a91 Clear RSN preauth and PMKSA cache state on FLUSH command
There is no need for this state to maintained when the wpa_supplicant
FLUSH ctrl_iface command is used to request flushing of all state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-27 19:56:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3882a70841 WMM AC: Fix memory leak on deinit without disassoc event
It was possible for wmm_ac_deinit() not getting called when an interface
was removed in a sequence where disassociation was not reported and
wmm_ac_notify_disassoc() did not get called. This resulted in leaking
whatever memory was allocated for WMM AC parameters. Fix that by calling
wmm_ac_notify_disassoc() from wpa_supplicant_cleanup().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-27 19:00:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5214f4fafc Clear scan_req to NORMAL_SCAN_REQ for connection attempt
This is needed to fix some sequencies where a real scan in ap_scan=2
case would be issued even when the connection case would expect direct
connection without a scan.

This fixed an issue shown in hwsim test case autoscan_exponential
followed by ibss_open_fixed_bssid.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-27 17:55:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4e0990dc88 mesh: Send peering close message before leaving mesh
This is needed to allow proper Action frame transmission to work without
having to claim these to be offchannel operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-27 17:12:47 +02:00
Neelansh Mittal
3a7414b6a6 Do not re-open Android control sockets
On Android, the control socket being used may be the socket that is
created when wpa_supplicant is started as a /init.*.rc service. Such a
socket is maintained as a key-value pair in Android's environment.
Closing this control socket would leave wpa_supplicant in a bad state.
When wpa_supplicant re-opens the ctrl_iface socket, it will query the
Android's environment, and will be returned with the same socket
descriptor that has already been closed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-11-25 17:16:44 +02:00
Masashi Honma
a959a3b69d SAE: Fix Anti-Clogging Token request frame format
This commit inserts Finite Cyclic Group to Anti-Clogging Token request
frame because IEEE Std 802.11-2012, Table 8-29 says "Finite Cyclic Group
is present if Status is zero or 76".

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-25 16:08:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
849367afe9 SME: Fix a sign-compare warning
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-25 01:07:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
158211b2db WNM: Use country code, if available, to help in channel mapping
The country code from the current AP needs to be used in
ieee80211_chan_to_freq() to support cases where non-global operating
class table is used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-24 10:57:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5d017065a0 GAS: Clean up Query Response length validation
Previous version was correct, but apparently too complex for some static
analyzers. (CID 68119)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 21:03:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
355e17eb1b HS 2.0: Clarify OSU Server URI length validation
The previous version was valid, but apparently too complex for some
static analyzers. Use a local variable for uri_len and explicitly
compare it against the remaining buffer length. (CID 68121)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 21:03:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5c58c0ce86 HS 2.0: More explicit hs20_osu_icon_fetch() length validation
The previous version was fine, but too much for some static analyzers to
understand as proper bounds checking. (CID 68122)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 21:03:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fecc09edc3 WNM: Use a clearer validation step for key_len_total
The previous one based on pointer arithmetic was apparently too much for
some static analyzers (CID 68130).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 18:04:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
43aee94899 Interworking: Clearer ANQP element length validation
The upper bound for the element length was already verified, but that
was not apparently noticed by a static analyzer (CID 68128).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 17:41:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f5f3728a81 WNM: Print debug message if Action frame sending fails
This makes wpa_drv_send_action() return value checking more consistent
(CID 75390).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-23 16:13:50 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
70d1e72849 wpa_supplicant: Handle link measurement requests
Send link measurement response when a request is received. Advertise
only RCPI, computing it from the RSSI of the request. The TX power field
is left to be filled by the driver. All other fields are not published.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:45:07 +02:00
Assaf Krauss
66d2143435 wpa_cli: Add optional ssid to neighbor report request
Add optional 'ssid' parameter to command "neighbor_rep_request".

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:37:49 +02:00
Assaf Krauss
4c4b230527 wpa_supplicant: Add an option to specify SSID in neighbor report requests
Allow supplying an SSID for the SSID IE. If not supplied, no SSID IE is
sent, and the request implies the current SSID.

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:36:42 +02:00
Assaf Krauss
fad14af93a wpa_cli: Add neighbor_rep_request command
Add neighbor_rep_request command to send a Neighbor Report Request
to the associated AP.

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:29:41 +02:00
Assaf Krauss
f4b8bfae15 wpa_supplicant: Add NEIGHBOR_REP_REQUEST command to the control interface
Add NEIGHBOR_REP_REQUEST command to the wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface.
This command triggers the sending of a Neighbor Report Request to the
associated AP.

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:28:52 +02:00
Assaf Krauss
d89c0701db wpa_supplicant: Add support for Neighbor Report
Add the ability to send a Neighbor Report Request (part of
RRM). Requester is then notified once the report arrives.

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:23:14 +02:00
Assaf Krauss
b361d580ec SME: Add RRM support to association request
In case the AP we are associating with advertises support for RRM,
advertise our own RRM support in the (Re)Association Request frame. This
is done by adding an RRM Capabilities IE. The underlying driver is
expected to further add a Power Capabilities IE to the request, and set
the Radio Measurement flag in the Capability Info field. At this point
the RRM Capabilities IE advertises no measurement support.

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:13:45 +02:00
Assaf Krauss
f936b73c4f wpa_supplicant: Store driver's RRM capabilities
Store the RRM capability flags reported by the underlying driver.

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
2014-11-22 21:07:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
75d65857d5 WNM: Use recent scan results on BSS transition request
If the last scans are recent (for now, less than ten seconds old), use
them instead of triggering a new scan when a BSS Transition Management
Request frame is received. As a fallback, allow a new scan to be
triggered if no matches were found.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 20:17:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e1117c1c01 WNM: Optimize BSS transition management scans
When the list of preferred transition candidates is received, use the
identified channels to optimize the following scan so that no time is
wasted on other channels.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 20:17:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d0b9ab69f6 WNM: Move transition candidate list processing to normal scan
This makes it easier to optimize transition request processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 18:40:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
279b5486a6 WNM: Fix TM candidate freeing if multiple requests are processed
The previously cached candidate list needs to be free properly through a
call to wnm_deallocate_memory() to ensure all subelements gets freed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 18:40:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
027454d2e9 WNM: Allow BSS transition request in same ESS even if RSSI is worse
This allows an AP to steer us to another BSS within the ESS even if that
results in reduced signal strength as long as the signal strength with
the target BSS is expected to provide some connectivity.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 18:06:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6900b6d96f WNM: Mark wnm_scan_response() static
This function is not used outside wnm_sta.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 18:06:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ff2c5758bb WNM: Order BSS transmission candidate entries based on preference
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 18:06:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
093226783d WNM: Simplify how candidate subelements are stored
There is no need to use a separately allocated data structures for this.
A bitfield indicating which information is present and variables within
struct neighbor_report are simpler to use and more efficient.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 18:06:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c9af762f3 WNM: Calculate valid-until time for transition candidate list
This is of more use than the raw validity interval (number of beacon
intervals) that was recorded previously.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 18:06:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4c381f0d1c WNM: Convert BSSID Info into a u32
This is more convenient to use than u8 array.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 17:03:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8040dc53c2 WNM: Debug print WNM BSS Transition Candidate List
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-22 16:34:34 +02:00
Thomas Pedersen
9e5e03d77e Add examples of new mesh options into wpa_supplicant.conf
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-11-20 16:31:09 +02:00
Johannes Berg
83b9d426e0 WMM AC: Notify driver before sending DelTS
Switch the stop and sending DelTS to avoid sending data packets
for the session after the DelTS, which is otherwise possible.

This also helps the mac80211 implementation as it requires stopping the
traffic flow before sending the DelTS as it may modify the AC parameters
for the affected queue, and that may in turn affect management frames.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-16 21:40:57 +02:00
Moshe Benji
8506ea6f17 WMM AC: Add wmm_ac_status control interface command
This wmm_ac_status command will show the current status for WMM AC.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-11-16 21:40:51 +02:00
Moshe Benji
df9d340c80 wpa_cli: WMM_AC_ADDTS and WMM_AC_DELTS commands
wmm_ac_addts command will add (or update) a traffic stream and
wmm_ac_delts command will delete an existing traffic stream.

Each of the above commands will call its corresponding
ctrl_iface command.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-11-16 21:16:03 +02:00
Moshe Benji
eb2f2088aa ctrl_iface: Add wmm_ac_addts and wmm_ac_delts commands
wmm_ac_addts command will add (or update) a traffic stream and
wmm_ac_delts command will delete an existing traffic stream.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-11-16 21:13:42 +02:00
Moshe Benji
d1f880013a WMM AC: Handle TSPEC action frames
Add the TSPEC to the driver on successful TSPEC ADDTS response. Delete
the TSPEC when receiving DELTS action.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-11-16 21:07:08 +02:00
Eliad Peller
674f6c073f WMM AC: Add basic ADDTS/DELTS sending functions
Add basic implementation for ADDTS and DELTS sending
functions.

wpas_wmm_ac_addts() will send ADDTS request public action,
containing TSPEC (traffic stream specification) with
the given params.

wpas_wmm_ac_delts() will look for the saved tspec with
the given tid, and send DELTS public action for it.

(Handling of ADDTS response and actually configuring the admission
control params will be added in following patches.)

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-11-16 21:03:56 +02:00
Moshe Benji
471cd6e10c WMM AC: Add add_tx_ts and del_tx_ts driver ops
Add add_tx_ts() and del_tx_ts() ops to notify the driver about
TSPEC add / delete.

Additionally, add wmm_ac_supported flag to indicate
whether the driver supports WMM AC.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-11-16 20:47:36 +02:00
Moshe Benji
a0413b1734 WMM AC: Parse WMM IE on association
Initialize WMM AC data structures upon successful association
with an AP that publishes WMM support, and deinitialize the data
structure when the association is no longer valid.

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2014-11-16 20:47:34 +02:00
Masashi Honma
e609679984 mesh: Make plink params configurable
This patch makes four MIB variables for plink configurable and sets the
correct default values based on IEEE Std 802.11s-2011.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Masashi Honma
0c6099f31b mesh: Check mesh key management method
Signed-off-by: Natsuki Itaya <Natsuki.Itaya@jp.sony.com>
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Masashi Honma
44a1662a50 mesh: Add wpa_cli action script processing for mesh events
Signed-off-by: Natsuki Itaya <Natsuki.Itaya@jp.sony.com>
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Masashi Honma
790709060d mesh: Add scan result for mesh network
Android 4.4 uses "BSS" command instead of "SCAN_RESULT" command.
So this patch add the mesh scan result for BSS command.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Masashi Honma
2b2bb5a8b9 mesh: Make BSSBasicRateSet configurable
STAs that have different BSSBasicRateSet cannot connect to each other
as per IEEE 802.11s-2011 9.6.0c1:

"A mesh STA shall not establish a mesh peering with a mesh STA using a
different BSSBasicRateSet."

Make BSSBasicRateSet configurable to improve interoperability with other
stations.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Javier Lopez
603a3f34c4 Add mesh_group_{add,remove} control interface commands
Parse MESH_GROUP_ADD/REMOVE commands on ctrl interface and call
wpa_supplicant routines. These commands are used to start or
join and leave a mesh network.

The mesh id is given in the configuration file, therefore there is
no need to scan before joining a mesh network. We reuse the
connect_without_scan construct used by P2P for that same purpose.

Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Masashi Honma
798b318223 mesh: Reduce none 11N Self-protected Action frame allocation size
Signed-off-by: Natsuki Itaya <Natsuki.Itaya@jp.sony.com>
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Masashi Honma
9204e73831 mesh: Fix 11N capability in Self-protected Action frame
mesh_ht_mode default value is CHAN_UNDEFINED.
So previous code set 11N capability even though 11N is not used.

Signed-off-by: Natsuki Itaya <Natsuki.Itaya@jp.sony.com>
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Masashi Honma
edfefaed3c mesh: Set driver capability flags to mesh interface
Signed-off-by: Kenzoh Nishikawa <Kenzoh.Nishikawa@jp.sony.com>
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Masashi Honma
eac0231642 mesh: Fix segmentation fault by repeating MESH_GROUP_ADD/REMOVE
Signed-off-by: Natsuki Itaya <Natsuki.Itaya@jp.sony.com>
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Jason Mobarak
5cfb672dde mesh: Enable mesh HT mode
Add a new option "mesh_ht_mode" that specifies the HT mode for the
mesh, with this option on, mesh beacons, actions frames, and probe
responses with include the appropriate HT information elements.

[original implementation by Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>]
[some fixes by Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>]
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok.dragon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Chun-Yeow Yeoh
c596f3f083 mesh: Add timer for SAE authentication in RSN mesh
Add timer to do SAE re-authentication with number of tries defined
by MESH_AUTH_RETRY and timeout defined by MESH_AUTH_TIMEOUT.

Ignoring the sending of reply message on "SAE confirm before commit"
to avoid "ping-pong" issues with other mesh nodes. This is obvious when
number of mesh nodes in MBSS reaching 6.

Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-11-16 19:43:11 +02:00
Thomas Pedersen
0f950df029 mesh: Add mesh robust security network
This implementation provides:

- Mesh SAE authentication mechanism
- Key management (set/get PSK)
- Cryptographic key establishment
- Enhanced protection mechanisms for robust management frames

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-11-16 19:43:06 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
88cb27c7a5 hostapd: Add wowlan_triggers config param
New kernels in wiphy_suspend() will call cfg80211_leave_all() that will
eventually end up in cfg80211_stop_ap() unless wowlan_triggers were set.
For now, use the parameters from the station mode as-is. It may be
desirable to extend (or constraint) this in the future for specific AP
mode needs.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-11-16 17:09:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
087a1f4efd Suite B: PMKID derivation for AKM 00-0F-AC:11
The new AKM uses a different mechanism of deriving the PMKID based on
KCK instead of PMK. hostapd was already doing this after the KCK had
been derived, but wpa_supplicant functionality needs to be moved from
processing of EAPOL-Key frame 1/4 to 3/4 to have the KCK available.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-16 17:09:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
666497c8e6 Suite B: Add AKM 00-0F-AC:11
This adds definitions for the 128-bit level Suite B AKM 00-0F-AC:11. The
functionality itself is not yet complete, i.e., this commit only
includes parts to negotiate the new AKM.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-16 13:20:51 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
d10792199e Add CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-FAILED notification in case of scan failure
This is needed since the SCAN command with radio work returns before the
actual driver operation to trigger a scan has been executed and as such,
cannot return result of that operation.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-11-15 11:03:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ee231fdb2b Remove completed to-do items
While this file has not really been updated in years, some of the
completed items can easily be removed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-01 16:24:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
01b32d5e36 Remove references to madwifi from various files
Number of documentation and configuration files had references to the
madwifi driver interface that was removed in the previous commit. Remove
these references as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-11-01 16:15:53 +02:00
Slava Monich
c66f23491e dbus: Fix memory leak in wpas_dbus_getter_bss_wps
Signed-off-by: Slava Monich <slava.monich@jolla.com>
2014-11-01 15:56:14 +02:00
Martin Kletzander
6721909fb1 wpa_gui: Use dialog window type
This helps window managers treat the window properly. Mostly tiling WMs
are affected by this. All other windows inherit this option from QDialog
already.

Signed-off-by: Martin Kletzander <mkletzan@redhat.com>
2014-11-01 15:55:49 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
477b082cc4 P2P: Do not consider the p2p_scan results after p2p_stop_find
If p2p_stop_find is issued after the p2p_scan request is triggered to
the host driver, the obtained scan results are also considered to update
the P2P peer entries. This is not always desired behavior, i.e., it can
be clearer if no P2P-DEVICE-FOUND events are generated based of that
final pending scan.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-31 00:50:01 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
e7ce540239 P2P: Delay scan operation only when P2P is not in search state
With the radio work interface in place, station interface SCAN command
was not scheduled (i.e., it got continously delayed with "Delay station
mode scan while P2P operation is in progress") when a p2p_find was
operational. Fix this be delaying station mode scan only when a P2P
operation is in progress, but not in search state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-31 00:49:14 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
b951a97454 P2P: Set p2p_scan_running based on driver scan request result
With the radio work interface, the actual request to start p2p_scan
operation is scheduled from a radio work and hence the initial return
value cannot provide the real result of the driver operation to trigger
a scan. Introduce a new notification API to indicate the scan trigger
status based on which the p2p_scan_running instance can be set using the
real return value from the driver operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-31 00:05:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3586d55a5d P2P: Do not call wpas_p2p_disconnect_safely() if no match is found
In theory, wpas_p2p_disconnect_safely() could have dereferenced the
wpa_s == NULL argument, but in practice, it won't due to the
calling_wpa_s == wpa_s check and wpas_p2p_disconnect() accepting NULL.
Anyway, it is cleaner to add an explicit check for this. (CID 74492)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-28 01:50:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a7f5271d52 Update pending connect radio work BSS pointer on scan update
It is possible for scan result processing or BSS entry removal to occur
while there is a pending connect or sme-connect radio work with a
previously selected BSS entry. The BSS pointer was previously verified
to be valid, i.e., still point to a BSS entry, at the time the actual
connection operation is started. However, that BSS entry could have
changed to point to another BSS if the old BSS entry was either removed
or reallocated and a new BSS entry was added at the same location in
memory. This could result in the connection attempt failing to configure
parameters properly due to different BSS information (e.g., different
BSSID).

Fix this by updated the pending connect radio work data on BSS entry
updates similarly to how the last_scan_res array was updated. If the
selected BSS entry is removed, this will still result in a failed
connection, but reallocated BSS entry is now followed properly and used
when the connection work starts.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-28 00:43:58 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
7465640066 Invoke connect work done for all the connection failure cases
This commit fixes couple of connection failure paths where
wpas_connect_work_done() was not called, thus enabling the radio work
interface to proceed with the other queued actions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-27 20:19:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
76d81b3272 WPS: Fix ap_scan=2 special association case
Commit 22628eca34 ('Support driver-based
BSS selection in ap_scan=1 mode') ended up disabling the special
ap_scan=2 WPS case where ap_scan=1 like scan followed by association is
used to find the WPS AP using wildcard SSID. Fix this by allowing
association request even with wpas_driver_bss_selection() when searching
for a WPS AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-27 20:13:39 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
745d62322b dbus: Redirect P2P request to the managment device if present
In case of a P2P management device being present, it will be up to that
interface to handle P2P requests.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-10-27 17:15:09 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
bb3df9a569 notify: Do not raise any signal from a P2P management interface
Such interface is not registered on DBus, thus there is no need to raise
any signal from it.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-10-27 17:15:09 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
21efc940f6 wpa_supplicant: Do not register a P2P management interface on DBus
DBus client should always request the proper netdev interface. This will
be necessary to get a consistent behavior whatever driver is in use:
iwlwifi (which requires a P2P mgmt dev), ath9/10k (which does not),
etc...

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-10-27 17:15:09 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
5aa839c80b wpa_supplicant: Parent interface should know about its dedicated P2P dev
This will be useful to hand-off P2P commands from the parent interface
to its dedicated P2P device if that one is present, in DBus interface.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-10-27 17:15:09 +02:00
Ahmad Masri
d77419d234 P2P: Support GCMP as part of 60 GHz support
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-27 17:15:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bd43e67e59 Avoid unsigned vs. signed comparison warning
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-26 17:01:37 +02:00
Ilan Peer
1170239efa P2P: Save group common frequencies in invitation result
Save the group common frequencies when starting a GO due to
an invitation signaling requesting to re-invoke a persistent GO.

To do so, move the code that handles the translation of p2p_channels to
frequency list into a public function so it can be re-used both when GO
Negotiation is done and invitation signaling is done.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-10-26 01:24:28 +03:00
Ilan Peer
20beb96ff9 P2P: Save group common frequencies
Once a P2P GO interface is configured, save the group common
frequencies, as this can be useful later for channel selection
considerations during channel switch, etc.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-10-26 01:24:13 +03:00
Ilan Peer
0a44358055 wpa_supplicant: Use the 'no_ir' notation
Use the 'no_ir' notation instead of the 'passive scan' and
'no_ibss' notations to match the earlier change in nl80211.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-10-26 01:23:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f94e4ee3e Add test functionality to simulate driver increased ROC duration
The extra_roc_dur parameter can now be used in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y
builds to simulate driver behavior where the ROC duration gets increased
without user space request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-25 21:46:38 +03:00
Mikael Kanstrup
431dd8bb11 P2P: Use neg_freq when re-establish persistent group as GC
When GC receives invitation response and tries to re-establish
connection to a persistent group channels from passive list should
be allowed. A missing check for operation mode triggered reselection
of operating channel from active channels only to happen and thus fail
the connect attempt.

Add a check for operation mode and if GC instead use negotiated
frequency (i.e. GO operating channel from invitation response).

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2014-10-25 18:52:22 +03:00
Jason Abele
fbca4c893d mesh: Implement mesh scanning
When mesh is configured in, include the wildcard mesh id so that mesh
networks are returned.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Abele <jason.abele@gmail.com>
2014-10-25 17:45:35 +03:00
Jason Abele
d73b3f2ea0 mesh: Use mesh id instead of SSID in BSS table
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Abele <jason.abele@gmail.com>
2014-10-25 17:45:35 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
07cb45ccb2 mesh: Add no_auto_peer config option
Add no_auto_peer parameter, which controls wheter a station will
automatically initiate peering to another mesh peer that comes into
range.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-10-25 17:45:35 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
476e6bb68d mesh: Add mesh mode config option
Modify network mode to support mode number 5 when CONFIG_MESH is
enabled.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-10-25 17:45:35 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
a3335ef518 mesh: Avoid join if already joined a mesh group
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-10-25 17:45:35 +03:00
Bob Copeland
5f92659d88 mesh: Add mesh peering manager
The mesh peering manager establishes and maintains links among
mesh peers, tracking each peer link via a finite state machine.

This implementation supports open mesh peerings.

[assorted fixes from Yu Niiro <yu.niiro@gmail.com>]
[more fixes from Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>]
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok.dragon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-hostap: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-25 17:45:31 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
e45e898970 mesh: Add user_mpm config option
Add user_mpm config parameter, when this is set to 1 (the default) the
peer link management is done on userspace, otherwise the peer management
will be done by the kernel.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-10-25 17:43:24 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
8319e3120d mesh: Add mesh mode routines
Add routines to (de)initialize mesh interface data structures and
join and leave mesh networks.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-10-25 17:43:20 +03:00
Jason Abele
638d945679 mesh: Show [MESH] flag in scan results
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Abele <jason.abele@gmail.com>
2014-10-25 13:45:05 +03:00
Jason Abele
be6b29f63d Add SAE and FT/SAE into scan results info
These key management options were missing from the previous set of
parsed information in scan results.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Abele <jason.abele@gmail.com>
2014-10-25 13:45:01 +03:00
Eliad Peller
04ee647d58 HT: Let the driver advertise its supported SMPS modes for AP mode
Add smps_modes field, and let the driver fill it with its supported SMPS
modes (static/dynamic). This will let us start an AP with specific SMPS
mode (e.g., dynamic) that will allow it to reduce its power usage.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2014-10-24 01:25:29 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
eac687ee7d dbus: Do a full P2P find as it is in ctrl_iface.c
So the behavior is consistent whatever interface is in use.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-10-24 00:57:45 +03:00
Chet Lanctot
b41f26845a Add support for offloading key management operations to the driver
This commit introduces a QCA vendor command and event to provide an
option to use extended versions of the nl80211 connect/roam operations
in a way that allows drivers to offload key management operations to the
driver/firmware.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-23 18:38:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7475d299ab P2P: Search all 2.4 GHz social channels regardless of disallow_freq
Commit 1595eb93ae ('P2P: Add support for
60 GHz social channel') had an unintended change to how P2P search scans
2.4 GHz social channels. Use of p2p_supported_freq() to filter the list
of social channels ended up using the disallow_freq setting to remove
social channels from the P2P search scans. This is not desired since
peers need to be found on any of the social channels even if those
channels have been disabled from P2P operating channel use. Restore the
previous behavior by included all the 2.4 GHz social channels in P2P
search scans if the driver indicated support for the 2.4 GHz band.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-22 20:02:48 +03:00
Kyeyoon Park
ec8f36afca AP: Add support for BSS load element (STA Count, Channel Utilization)
The new "bss_load_update_period" parameter can be used to configure
hostapd to advertise its BSS Load element in Beacon and Probe Response
frames. This parameter is in the units of BUs (Beacon Units).

When enabled, the STA Count and the Channel Utilization value will be
updated periodically in the BSS Load element. The AAC is set to 0 sinze
explicit admission control is not supported. Channel Utilization is
calculated based on the channel survey information from the driver and
as such, requires a driver that supports providing that information for
the current operating channel.

Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-21 23:25:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c3c4b3ed3b P2P: Support dynamic addition of P2P Device triggering interface
This moves the addition of P2P Device interface into
wpa_supplicant_add_iface() so that this operation can be done
dynamically when adding an interface to an already running
wpa_supplicant process.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-21 17:35:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
26fc96e89b P2P: Remove all child interfaces when removing the parent
This is needed to allow dynamic removal of an interface that adds the
P2P Device interface without leaving behind the management interface
with invalid wpa_s->parent pointer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-21 17:35:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5f797376f2 tests: Make RELOG command use global control interface
This allows RELOG to be used even if a wpa_supplicant process does not
have any interfaces configured.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-20 12:52:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4a6cc86272 Add data test functionality
It is now possible to run hwsim_test like data connectivity test through
wpa_supplicant/hostapd control interface if CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y is
used for the build. Test functionality is enabled/disabled at runtime
with "DATA_TEST_CONFIG <1/0>". The "DATA_TEST_TX <dst> <src> <tos>"
command can be used to request a test frame to be transmitted.
"DATA-TEST-RX <dst> <src>" event is generated when the test frame is
received.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-19 20:51:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2d6ee86f9b HS 2.0R2: Write OSEN key_mgmt value to config file
This was forgotten when the parser for key_mgmt=OSEN was added.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-19 12:58:13 +03:00
Thomas Pedersen
d3fd563f46 Write SAE and FT-SAE key_mgmt to config
This was forgotten when the key_mgmt parser for SAE and FT-SAE was
added.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@noack.us>
2014-10-19 12:58:13 +03:00
Bob Copeland
6c1664f605 nl80211: Add new commands to support mesh interfaces
Create init_mesh, mesh_join, and mesh_leave actions to kernel.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-19 12:58:13 +03:00
Bob Copeland
24bd4e0be5 nl80211: Add driver flag to indicate mesh support
Convert the driver flags variable to u64 since there was no room for
more flags.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-19 12:58:13 +03:00
Bob Copeland
f7072600be Implement RFC 5297 AES-SIV
Add an implementation of Synthetic Initialization Vector (SIV)
Authenticated Encryption Using the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES).

This mode of AES is used to protect peering frames when using
the authenticated mesh peering exchange.

Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Mobarak <x@jason.mobarak.name>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
2014-10-19 12:43:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f2b3acc9d7 P2P: Fix group interface removal through interface ctrl_iface
It was possible to issue the P2P_GROUP_REMOVE command through the
per-interface control interface. This resulted in freed memory getting
accessed when trying to send the control interface response to the
operation that ended up deleting the group interface. Fix this by
postponing the removal operation until the caller has returned.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-18 16:22:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bc26ac50dd SAE: Add support for PMKSA caching on the station side
This makes wpa_supplicant SME create PMKSA cache entries from SAE
authentication and try to use PMKSA caching if an entry is found for the
AP. If the AP rejects the attempt, fall back to SAE authentication is
used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-18 13:02:02 +03:00
Justin Shen
3f7ac05878 WPS: Extend startWhen to 2 if peer AP supports WPS 2.0
Increase EAPOL startWhen to 2 for the case where the AP/GO has
advertised it supports WPS 2.0. This is done to make it less likely for
the EAPOL-Start frame to be sent out since that is only required for WPS
1.0. Not sending it can remove one unnecessary round trip from the EAP
exchange when the AP is going to start with EAP-Request/Identity
immediately based on the Association Request frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-13 12:24:17 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
a62941415a P2P: Remove unreachable code in wpas_p2p_stop_find()
Commit 152cff6ba6 ('P2P: Remove
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT option') removed the only non-zero return from
wpas_p2p_stop_find_oper(), but did not remove the useless return value
or the return check in wpas_p2p_stop_find(). Clean these up by removing
unreachable code and useless return value.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-10-12 18:34:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2d4e9c2eb8 Include ieee802_11_common.c in wpa_supplicant build unconditionally
This is needed for number of items and it was possible to make a build
configuration that did not include ieee802_11_common.c while still
trying to use functions from there. While it would be possible to add
NEED_80211_COMMON=y to all the cases where this file is needed, the
extra complexity from this is not really justifiable anymore, so include
the file unconditionally.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-12 17:03:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3eafc494d8 Fix CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING=y build
ht_supported() was used but not defined in such a case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-12 17:02:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cd3153a983 Fix build without IEEE8021X_EAPOL
The MACsec addition placed one of the calls outside the #ifdef
IEEE802X_EAPOL block while the variable needed for this was defined only
within the block.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-12 16:56:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
34d45ea0b6 P2P: Add new=0/1 flag to P2P-DEVICE-FOUND events
This information can be used to determine whether the event is generated
for a new peer that was added or due to an update in the information for
an existing peer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-12 16:45:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
07e2de3193 wpa_supplicant: Allow OpenSSL cipherlist string to be configured
The new openssl_cipher configuration parameter can be used to select
which TLS cipher suites are enabled for TLS-based EAP methods when
OpenSSL is used as the TLS library. This parameter can be used both as a
global parameter to set the default for all network blocks and as a
network block parameter to override the default for each network
profile.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-12 11:55:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e3a451118e eapol_test: Check inet_aton() result
This makes code more consistent (CID 72676).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-11 19:45:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4debeb42a6 WFD: Use cleaner bounds checking for sub-element length field
Mark the variable as unsigned and make the length check use "len > end -
pos" version to makes this easier to understand for static analyzers
(CID 74155).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-11 18:40:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c061ae590a P2P NFC: Make code easier for static analyzers
len + pos > end comparison here did verify that the length field had a
valid value, but that did not seem to enough to avoid TAINTED_SCALAR
warning. Re-order that validation step to be equivalent "len > end -
pos" to remove these false positives (CID 68116).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-11 18:34:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
01b3bbfc66 test: Remove driver_test.c
The driver_test.c driver wrapper (-Dtest in wpa_supplicant and
driver=test in hostapd) was previously used for testing without real
Wi-Fi hardware. mac80211_hwsim-based tests have practically replaced all
these needs and there has been no improvements or use for driver_test.c
in a long while. Because of this, there has not really been any effort
to maintain this older test tool and no justification to change this
either. Remove the obsoleted test mechanism to clean up the repository.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-11 17:46:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6cbdb0c537 Set WoWLAN triggers only if driver capabilities are known
Previously, wpas_set_wowlan_triggers() could have been called in
uninitialized wpa_driver_capa data if the driver interface did not
support reporting of capabilities. While this would not really happen
with a driver wrapper that implements set_wowlan() and as such, would
not cause any difference in practice, it is better to clean this up to
make the code path easier to understand for static analyzers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-11 12:38:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9d4ff04af3 Add external EAPOL transmission option for testing purposes
The new ext_eapol_frame_io parameter can be used to configure hostapd
and wpa_supplicant to use control interface for receiving and
transmitting EAPOL frames. This makes it easier to implement automated
test cases for protocol testing. This functionality is included only in
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-10 18:40:57 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
61fc90483f P2P: Handle improper WPS termination on GO during group formation
A P2P Client may be able to connect to the GO even if the WPS
provisioning step has not terminated cleanly (e.g., P2P Client does not
send WSC_Done). Such group formation attempt missed the event
notification about started group on the GO and also did not set the
internal state corresponding to the successful group formation.

This commit addresses the missing part by completing GO side group
formation on a successful first data connection if WPS does not complete
cleanly. Also, this commit reorders the STA authorization indications to
ensure that the group formation success notification is given prior to
the first STA connection to handle such scenarios.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-10 18:40:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
58b40fdbfd P2P: Clear p2p_go_group_formation_completed on GO start
Previously, this variable did not necessarily get cleared between group
formations and could result in some of the workaround operations from
not being executed after the first group formation when using the same
interface for all P2P groups. Fix this by clearing the variable whenever
starting the GO to make sure it is used consistently for each group
formation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-10 15:53:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c155305fd3 Complete sme-connect radio work when clearing connection state
It was possible for local deauthentication request to leave sme-connect
radio work running even when there was no ongoing effort to complete the
connection anymore. Clean this up by marking sme-connect radio work
item, if any, done when clearing connection state after such
disconnection during connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-10 01:33:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
debb2dacac P2P: Report group removal reason PSK_FAILURE in timeout case
It was possible for group formation timeout to be the trigger for
detecting the second PSK/4-way handshake failure. If that happened, the
special reason=PSK_FAILURE was not used in the P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event
even though P2P-PERSISTENT-PSK-FAIL did get reported. Fix this special
case by replacing the reason code with PSK_FAILURE if the PSK failure
timeout gets registed as part of the disconnection processing in the
formation timeout handler.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-10 01:31:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5cb1440361 Update ChangeLog files for v2.3
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-10-09 17:41:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c5f258de76 wpa_cli: Use os_exec() for action script execution
Use os_exec() to run the action script operations to avoid undesired
command line processing for control interface event strings. Previously,
it could have been possible for some of the event strings to include
unsanitized data which is not suitable for system() use. (CVE-2014-3686)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-09 17:38:25 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
1236eda131 Android: Remove ctrl_interface=wlan0 from config template
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-10-07 00:43:50 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
9ffd512924 Android: Set pmf=1 to default template
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-10-07 00:43:50 +03:00
Toby Gray
45d8501555 Fix out of bounds memory access when removing vendor elements
Commit 86bd36f0d5 ("Add generic
mechanism for adding vendor elements into frames") has a minor bug
where it miscalculates the length of memory to move using
os_memmove. If multiple vendor elements are specified then this can
lead to out of bounds memory accesses.

This patch fixes this by calculating the correct length of remaining
data to shift down in the information element.

Signed-off-by: Toby Gray <toby.gray@realvnc.com>
2014-10-07 00:43:47 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
dc152f32b4 wpa_supplicant: Enable HT for IBSS
Enable HT20 for IBSS when HT is supported by the driver.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2014-10-04 18:54:22 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
4ec68377ef wpa_supplicant: Use hostapd_freq_params in assoc_params
Use hostapd_freq_params instead of simple frequency parameter for driver
commands. This is preparation for IBSS configuration to allow use of
HT/VHT in IBSS.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2014-10-04 18:43:42 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
1274ec2329 dbus: Add an interface configuration entry to set the WPS methods
It is thus possible to restrain WPS methods to prefered ones, like PBC
only, etc.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-10-04 18:29:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f1a613118e P2P: Use only the -m config for P2P management device
Previously, the case of non-netdev P2P management device ended up
pulling in both the main interface (e.g., wlan0) and P2P Device
interface (from command line -m argument) as configuration. Similarly,
the main interface ended up included both configuration files. This is
not really helpful for various use cases, e.g., when permanent P2P group
information is stored in the P2P Devince interface, but it gets
duplicated in the main station interface configuration.

Clean this up by changing the -m<file> argument to replace, not
concatenate, configuration information. In other words, the main station
interface will not read this configuration and the P2P Device interface
(non-netdev) does not read parameters from the station interface
configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-10-03 22:50:21 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
08d7665c6b TDLS: Use WMM IE for propagating peer WMM capability
Relying on qos qosinfo is not enough, as it can be 0 for WMM enabled
peers that don't support U-APSD. Further, some peers don't even contain
this IE (Google Nexus 5), but do contain the WMM IE during setup.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2014-10-03 11:52:56 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
984dadc23a TDLS: Set the initiator during tdls_mgmt operations
Some drivers need to know the initiator of a TDLS connection in order
to generate a correct TDLS mgmt packet. It is used to determine
the link identifier IE. Pass this information to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2014-10-03 11:52:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a313d17de9 Extend random MAC address support to allow OUI to be kept
mac_addr=2 and preassoc_mac_addr=2 parameters can now be used to
configure random MAC address to be generated by maintaining the OUI part
of the permanent MAC address (but with locally administered bit set to
1). Other than that, these values result in similar behavior with
mac_addr=1 and preassoc_mac_addr=1, respectively.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-30 00:40:23 +03:00
Ahmad Masri
1595eb93ae P2P: Add support for 60 GHz social channel
Support 60 GHz band in P2P module by selecting random social channel
from all supported social channels in 2.4 GHz and 60 GHz bands.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-29 12:01:46 +03:00
Bojan Prtvar
b6ebdfbedd Extend STATUS command with frequency information
This makes 'wpa_cli status' command more versatile.

Signed-off-by: Bojan Prtvar <bojan.prtvar@rt-rk.com>
2014-09-28 20:47:06 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
6a60488745 dbus: Add a global property to set or unset WFD IEs
This permits to set or unset the WiFi Display subelements from DBus, by
providing the full WFD specific IE frame.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-09-28 20:47:06 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
4bd7e1614f wifi_display: Add a utility function to set WFD subelements from IEs
This will be useful to update the WFD subelements from DBus.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-09-28 20:46:49 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
d4177443d4 wifi_display: Add a utility function to get the sub-elements as IEs
This will be useful for DBus API to expose current WFD configuration.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-09-28 19:22:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6e252b0db3 WPS: Fix WPS-in-search check when STA_AUTOCONNECT is disabled
If "STA_AUTOCONNECT 0" has been used to disable automatic connection on
disconnection event and the driver indicates multiple disconnection
events for the disconnection from the current AP when WPS is started, it
could have been possible to hit a case where wpa_s->disconnected was set
to 1 during WPS processing and the following scan result processing
would stop the operation.

wpa_s->key_mgmt == WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPS check was trying to avoid to skip
autoconnect when WPS was in use, but that does not seem to work anymore.
Fix this by checking through wpas_wps_searching() as well to avoid
setting wpa_s->disconnect = 1 when there is an ongoing WPS operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-28 11:03:48 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
e5fdc05dce P2P: Remove unecessary sanity check for global p2p
This check is already being done on wpas_p2p_deinit_iface.
Of course, it is assumed wpa_s is not deinit when reaches
that point as a matter of fact.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-09-28 11:03:48 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
ee285df457 P2P: Flush services based on global p2p init and not p2p ifaces
As P2P service are not necessarily attached to a iface, when
added, proceed with same approach on p2p global deinit. Such
approach solves memory leaks ocurring upon wpa_supplicant
termination, when p2p services were registered previously.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-09-28 11:03:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c267753ba2 Add support for using random local MAC address
This adds experimental support for wpa_supplicant to assign random local
MAC addresses for both pre-association cases (scan, GAS/ANQP) and for
connections. MAC address policy for each part can be controlled
separately and the connection part can be set per network block.

This requires support from the driver to allow local MAC address to be
changed if random address policy is enabled. It should also be noted
that number of drivers would not support concurrent operations (e.g.,
P2P and station association) with random addresses in use for one or
both.

This functionality can be controlled with the global configuration
parameters mac_addr and preassoc_mac_addr which set the default MAC
address policies for connections and pre-association operations (scan
and GAS/ANQP while not connected). The global rand_addr_lifetime
parameter can be used to set the lifetime of a random MAC address in
seconds (default: 60 seconds). This is used to avoid unnecessarily
frequent MAC address changes since those are likely to result in driver
clearing most of its state. It should be noted that the random MAC
address does not expire during an ESS connection, i.e., this lifetime is
only for the case where the device is disconnected.

The mac_addr parameter can also be set in the network blocks to define
different behavior per network. For example, the global mac_addr=1 and
preassoc_mac_addr=1 settings and mac_addr=0 in a home network profile
would result in behavior where all scanning is performed using a random
MAC address while connections to new networks (e.g.,
Interworking/Hotspot 2.0) would use random address and connections to
the home network would use the permanent MAC address.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-27 20:07:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fee354c74d nl80211: Add command for changing local MAC address
This can be used to allow wpa_supplicant to control local MAC address
for connections.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-27 19:11:24 +03:00
Ahmad Kholaif
79e2b1cc54 Add PMKSA_FLUSH ctrl_iface command
"PMKSA_FLUSH" can now be used to flush PMKSA cache entries over the
control interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-27 10:44:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
55c2bfa9eb wpa_cli: Support action scripts with global ctrl_iface
This extends "wpa_cli -a<action script>" functionality to work with the
global wpa_supplicant control interface. The IFNAME=<ifname> prefix is
removed from the event messages and converted to the control interface
name when present. Previously, action scripts could only be used with
the per-interface control interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-26 15:45:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
063f85043d wpa_cli: Increase event buffer size to 4096 bytes
Number of other buffers were already increased to this size, but the
buffer used for receiving unsolicited event messages from wpa_supplicant
(e.g., for wpa_cli action scripts) was still at the older 256 byte size.
This could result in some events getting truncated. Avoid this by using
the same 4096 byte buffer size here as in the other places receiving
messages from wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-26 15:45:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fa0e91767d wpa_cli: Fix PING in interactive mode with ifname_prefix
The ifname_prefix string could change during line editing and the
periodic PING command running in the background ended up getting the
latest snapshot of the command line due to the pointer being left to
point to the edit buffer. This resulted in unexpected prefix strings
getting used with the periodic PING command. Fix this by temporarily
clearing the ifname_prefix whenever running such a periodic PING.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-26 15:45:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
068e38771e STA: Update scan results for ap_scan=1 skip-selection case also
The commit 5cd4740580 has rearranged the
update scan results code and hence the IEs were not getting updated
properly for ap_scan=1 case. This can result in a 4-way handshake
failure in the roaming case (IE mismatch in 3/4 EAPOL). Fix this by
updating the scan results even if ap_scan=1 is used and network does not
need to get reselected based on association information.

Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-13 17:31:58 +03:00
Dan Williams
7a4a93b959 dbus: Add SignalPoll() method to report current signal properties
Analogous to the control interface's SIGNAL_POLL request.

Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2014-09-13 17:21:54 +03:00
vandwalle
a6ab82d7b4 Android: Add NO_EVENTS parameter to status command
It also allows to use the STATUS command with default behavior,
say for debug, i.e., don't generate a "fake" CONNECTION and
SUPPLICANT_STATE_CHANGE events with the new STATUS-NO_EVENTS case.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-09-13 17:03:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
df2508d7a8 P2P: Check os_get_random() return value more consistently
In theory, this call could fail, so check the return value before using
the received data. These specific cases would not really care much about
the failures, but this keeps the code more consistent and keeps static
analyzer warnings more useful. (CID 72678, CID 72679, CID 72680,
CID 72683, CID 72689, CID 72698, CID 72703)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-13 16:27:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0ef023e478 Add support for driver command to update roaming policy
The network block bssid parameter can be used to force a specific BSS to
be used for a connection. It is also possible to modify this parameter
during an association. Previously, that did not result in any
notification to the driver which was somewhat problematic with drivers
that take care of BSS selection. Add a new mechanism to allow
wpa_supplicant to provide a driver update if the bssid parameter change
for the current connection modifies roaming policy (roaming
allowed/disallowed within ESS).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-11 15:59:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
76db5b6b12 Work around broken AP PMKSA caching implementation
An interoperability issue with a deployed AP has been identified where
the connection fails due to that AP failing to operate correctly if
PMKID is included in the Association Request frame. To work around this,
allow EAPOL-Start packet to be transmitted on startWhen reaching 0 even
when trying to use PMKSA caching. In practice, this allows fallback to
full EAP authentication if the AP/Authenticator takes more than 1-2
seconds to initiate 4-way handshake for PMKSA caching or full EAP
authentication if there was no PMKSA cache match.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-08 17:18:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b08d5fa793 WPS: Set EAPOL workarounds dynamically based on association
Previously, the shorter startWhen value was used based on build
parameters (i.e., if WPS was enabled). This is not really ideal and the
knowledge of WPS use can be provided to the EAPOL state machine to allow
this (and similar WPS workarounds) to be done only when the association
is for the purpose of WPS.

Reduce the default startWhen value from 3 to 2 seconds for non-WPS case
since WPS builds have likely received most testing for the past years
with the 1 second value and there is no strong justification for forcing
the longer 3 second wait should a frame be lost or something else
require the EAPOL-Start to initiate operation after a connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-08 17:16:04 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
abc05534aa Remove WPA_EVENT_SCAN_STARTED message from MSG_INFO log
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-09-07 19:54:39 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
c45dabb855 P2P: Deauth p2p client just after dbus notify
Currently to signal PropertiesChanged upon group client
removal (group property), wpa_supplicant dbus uses wpa_s
members like go_dev_addr and current_ssid, for instance.
Thus, deferring p2p client deauth to after dbus notify,
but keeping the same order as before, solves the issue,
as wpa_s is not yet completely deinitialized.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-09-07 19:50:32 +03:00
Dan Williams
3bd3257a0a dbus: add BSS Age property to indicate last-seen time
"Age" is the age in seconds since the BSS was last seen, and is
emitted as a PropertyChanged signal whenever the BSS is updated
from a scan result. It also returns the correct age when queried
directly.

This property can be used to resolve issues where, if no other
properties of the BSS changed from scan results (for example,
if the BSS always had 100% signal) no D-Bus signals would be
emitted to indicate that the BSS had just been seen in the scan.

Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2014-09-07 19:18:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cb5ef952c8 SME: Verify that os_get_random() succeeds for SA Query
Be more consistent on checking os_get_random() return value (CID 72706).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-07 18:27:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5e62cfdf75 P2P: Verify that os_get_random() succeeds
Be more consistent with os_get_random() use (CID 72710).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-09-07 18:05:53 +03:00
Edhar, Mahesh Kumar
1c2aa04c96 P2P: Do not add P2P IEs on P2P disabled interface
While building Association Request frame IEs we should consider adding
P2P IEs only on interface where P2P functionality is enabled. Consider
per interface p2p_disabled parameter before adding P2P IEs to complete
the checks for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-09-02 11:04:26 +03:00
Hu Wang
e5a4b85b2f WPS: Merge mixed-WPA/WPA2 credentials if received in same session
Some deployed APs send two credentials when in mixed-WPA/WPA2
configuration; one for the WPA-Personal/TKIP and the other for
WPA2-Personal/CCMP. Previously, this would result in two network blocks
getting added for the single AP. This can be somewhat confusing and
unnecessary, so merge such credentials into a single one that allows
both WPA and WPA2 to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-08-29 20:25:18 +03:00
Chandrasekaran, Manishekar
4e5367516b P2P: Overwrite pending interface only after verifying BSS entry
Previously, the P2P Interface Address of the peer gets updated in the
peer table every time based on the scan results.

For example, in a two port concurrency scenario, where the peer device
has two interfaces with unique P2P Interface Addresses and with same P2P
Device Address, based on the Probe Response/Beacon frames from these two
interfaces, their peer table gets updated, but each of these updates
happens in the peer table only based on the P2P Device Address. So, the
same peer's P2P Interface address is updated every time and hence, at
any instant, only one P2P Device Address to P2P Interface Address
mapping entry exist in the peer table for the peer which has two
interfaces.

When we try to join a group operated by the peer, lookup happens in the
peer table and when an interface entry is not available, the pending
interface address gets overwritten with the P2P Device Address and hence
the P2P connection can fail. Since the BSS table is the one that is
up-to-date, this fix will ensure that the interface overwriting will
happen only when there is no BSS entry for the pending P2P Interface
Address as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-08-26 18:58:54 +03:00
Bojan Prtvar
1cc0d6a0eb wpa_supplicant: Use freq_list scan filtar in sched_scan
Global freq_list scan filtar was taken into account only by
req_scan and not by req_sched_scan. We want to allow the user
to limit the channels that wpa_supplicant will scan in req_sched_scan
requests as well.

Signed-off-by: Bojan Prtvar <bojan.prtvar@rt-rk.com>
2014-08-12 16:44:04 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
4aa9c156e5 dbus: Close dbus dict just after appending data
Before fixing this issue, calling wpas_dbus_getter_p2p_device_config
was causing early termination of dbus connection, due to writing
values to an already closed dict.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-08-10 11:29:49 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
af65bc36bb P2P: Use ssid instead of wpa_ssid to find GO iface
In order to find a GO interface, there has to be a
comparison among two SSIDs, instead of a wpa_ssid and
a ssid.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-08-10 11:04:08 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
4a0693a4d5 dbus: Declare and implement GroupFinished as for GroupStarted
First for better concistancy but also to tell about the group_object
that is getting removed, thus the client will know about it and will be
able to act accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-07-31 17:20:56 +03:00
Jithu Jance
2fa980f0f1 P2P: Cancel pending action TX radio work on p2p_cancel
When p2p_cancel is invoked while the GO Negotiation Action TX was
pending, the p2p_send_action_work was not getting cleared.

Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2014-07-31 17:13:46 +03:00
Philippe Nunes
8b627b7c47 Fix writing of the wowlan_triggers parameter
The parameter wowlan_triggers is a global string and is not recognised
if it is embraced with double-quotes.

Signed-off-by: Philippe Nunes <philippe.nunes@linux.intel.com>
2014-07-31 17:03:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8b65fefeed Interworking: Remove unnecessary placeholder for PAME-BI
The PAME-BI bit in the Advertisement Protocol element is reserved for
non-AP STA, so this function will never set that bit to one and as such,
there is not much point in maintaining the placeholder dead code for
this either. (CID 68107)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-26 20:28:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
52f4abfd06 P2P: Remove PSK/passphrase from P2P-GROUP-STARTED debug log entry
The PSK/passphrase are needed for the control interface events since the
upper layer UI component is required by the specification to be able to
make this available for manual configuration. However, this is not
needed in the INFO verbosity level debug entry, so split the event
generation into two parts.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-26 13:26:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f8723e1e9f P2P: Use a helper function for P2P_EVENT_GROUP_STARTED events
This makes it easier to change the event message message for indication
when P2P group has stated and removes some duplicated code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-26 13:25:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
71a0e395b9 P2P: Make unrecognized vendor elements available in P2P_PEER
This allows external programs to use vendor specific information from
P2P peers without wpa_supplicant having to be able to parse and
understand all such vendor specific elements.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-08 15:57:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
86bd36f0d5 Add generic mechanism for adding vendor elements into frames
This adds following new control interface commands to allow arbitrary
vendor elements to be added into number of frames:

VENDOR_ELEM_ADD <frame id> <hexdump of elem(s)>
VENDOR_ELEM_GET <frame id>
VENDOR_ELEM_REMOVE <frame id> <hexdump of elem(s)>
VENDOR_ELEM_REMOVE <frame id> *

The following frames are supported in this commit (additional frames can
be added in the future):

0 = Probe Request frame in P2P device discovery
1 = Probe Response frame from P2P Device role
2 = Probe Response frame from P2P GO
3 = Beacon frame from P2P GO
4 = PD Req
5 = PD Resp
6 = GO Neg Req
7 = GO Neg Resp
8 = GO Neg Conf
9 = Invitation Request
10 = Invitation Response
11 = P2P Association Request
12 = P2P Association Response

One or more vendor element can be added/removed with the commands. The
hexdump of the element(s) needs to contain the full element (id, len,
payload) and the buffer needs to pass IE parsing requirements to be
accepted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-07 12:25:09 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
4ed3492206 PNO: Send Probe Request frames only for hidden SSIDs
Previously, offloaded scanning (PNO) on Android was including SSIDs from
all enabled networks regardless of the scan_ssid parameter which
resulted in different behavior for the offloaded case when comparing to
wpa_supplicant initiated scans.

Use the sched_scan match filter to allow broadcast SSID to be used for
scan_ssid=1 networks also with PNO to avoid running active scans for
SSIDs that have not been explicitly marked as requiring an SSID-specific
scan. This reduces exposure of configured network names on the device
when running offloaded scans while the host device is in sleep.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-07-03 16:44:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8931a36ca4 P2P: Add explicit check for ssid->p2p_client_list != NULL
This would not really be needed since these functions check the pointer
above. However, this seems to be too difficult for some static analyzer,
so add the extra check to avoid false reports.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-03 00:53:13 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
e376290c66 HS 2.0R2: Add update_identifier field to network
This can be used to configure a Hotspot 2.0 Release 2 network externally
for a case where wpa_supplicant-based Interworking network selection is
not used and the update_identifier cannot be copied directly from a
cred.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-07-02 14:01:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5bc285716e Fix some sparse warnings about u16 vs. le16
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-02 13:34:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
42619d68a6 Fix CTRL-EVENT-REGDOM-CHANGE event init= value
Incorrect field was used to determine the init=<value> in the regulatory
domain changed control interface event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-02 13:09:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a520bf4aeb Mark function static
This function is not used outside this file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-02 13:08:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0cb79d355a dbus: Fix indentation level to match code logic
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-02 13:03:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8f03ac9007 Mark functions static
These functions are not used outside this file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-02 13:03:22 +03:00
Li Jianyun
6891f0e6f4 Allow SCAN command to specify scan_ssid=1 SSIDs
The new "scan_id=<comma separated list of network ids>" parameter can
now be used to specify a list of network ids that have scan_ssid=1 to
indicate active scanning of the SSID. This adds the listed SSIDs to the
scan command to allow manual scan requests to perform active scans for
hidden SSIDs. For example, "SCAN scan_id=1,7,11" would run a scan with
the SSID fetched from the configured network blocks 1, 7, and 11
(assuming those are set with scan_ssid=1). The SSIDs will be included
even from network blocks that are currently disabled.

The maximum number of SSIDs added to the request is limited by the
driver support. If more than supported values are specified, the command
will fail (returns "FAIL").

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-07-02 12:52:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
19c48da06b Clear wpa_supplicant configuration keys explicitly
Use an explicit memset call to clear any wpa_supplicant configuration
parameter that contains private information like keys or identity. This
brings in an additional layer of protection by reducing the length of
time this type of private data is kept in memory.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5dbbf36916 Interworking: Remove unnecessary dead increment
build_root_nai() will not be extended to write something after the
domain, so there is no need to update the pos pointer after the final
os_snprintf() call in the function. Remove this to make a static
analyzer happier.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a1e46f320d Check for no key_mgmt/proto/auth_alg entries in config writer
This is not really necessary check, but it keeps a static analyzer
happier by avoiding dead increment. Doing it this way rather than
removing the increment is less likely to cause problems when new entries
are added here in the future (the "dead" increment would be very much
needed in those cases).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
290ea6a76e Remove unnecessary tracking of first entry
The pointer to the current position is enough to figure out whether the
proto string is the first one in the buffer. Removing the separate
tracking variable cleans up a static analyzer warning on dead
assignment.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d3fa2bbb02 WFD: Explicit limit for subelement length (CID 68127)
This adds an explicit limit for the maximum Wi-Fi Display subelement
length for ASCII hexdump. This would not really be needed since the
buffer is already limited by maximum frame length. Anyway, since this
can make static analyzers happier and the subelement used with this
function is short, we may as well include an explicit check.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
745ef18478 HS 2.0: Verify assoc_req_ie buffer size for indication elements
While the buffer is expected to be large enough for all the IEs, it is
better to check for this explicitly when adding the HS 2.0 Indication
element. (CID 68601)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-07-02 12:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
010fc5f507 dbus: Clean up array-array-type property getter
The previously used design was a bit too complex for static analyzers
(e.g., CID 68131, CID 68133) to understand which resulted in false
warnings about uninitialized memory. Avoid this by explicitly
initializing the pointer array to NULL and also skipping any invalid
NULL entry in the helper function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-29 18:20:13 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
ea18024d78 dbus: Add PropertiesChanged signal to Peer object
This signal will be thrown when a Peer joins or leaves a group.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-06-29 17:28:14 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
bf035663c9 dbus: Remove GroupMember object type and use Peer instead
GroupMember is unusable in itself and all the necessary informations are
stored in Peer objects, thus replace the use of GroupMember by Peer.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-06-29 17:19:12 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
17a37d7110 dbus: Add a Groups property to a Peer object on which it belongs
If only the Peer is part of one or more group, this property will tell
those via listing their object paths.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-06-29 17:09:32 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
6f04642fe3 P2P: Add utility functions to get GO/client interface
This will be useful for a peer to know if it is part of a group either
as a client of our local GO or as the peer GO.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-06-29 17:00:55 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
1de809e152 eapol_test: Fix -R option to not replace -s option value
Commit e9852462d5 ('eapol_test: Add PC/SC
reader and PIN command line arguments') did not add break to the switch
statement for the new -R command line option.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-06-28 10:51:29 +03:00
Johannes Berg
57a8f8af38 nl80211: Use low-priority scan for OBSS scan
Some drivers may support low-priority scans, if they do then
use that for OBSS scanning.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-22 00:47:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1b928f96b6 P2P: Allow passphrase length to be configured
Previously, eight character random passphrase was generated
automatically for P2P GO. The new p2p_passphrase_len parameter can be
used to increase this length to generate a stronger passphrase for cases
where practicality of manual configuration of legacy devices is not a
concern.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-22 00:15:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e9852462d5 eapol_test: Add PC/SC reader and PIN command line arguments
The new command line arguments -R<reader> and -P<PIN> can now be used to
specify which PC/SC reader (prefix match) and PIN are to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-21 22:46:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5a620604f8 Use pcsc_reader configuration in one for scard_init() call
This allows PC/SC reader to be identified with the pcsc_reader
configuration parameter.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-21 22:45:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3302b7c29f Rate limit SA Query procedure initiation on unprotected disconnect
There is no need to trigger new SA Query procedure to check the state of
the connection immediately after having performed such a check. Limit
the impact of burst of unprotected Deauth/Disassoc frames by starting a
new SA Query procedure only once at least 10 seconds has passed from the
previous SA Query that was triggered by reception of an unprotected
disconnection. The first SA Query procedure for each association does
not follow this rule to avoid issues with test cases that expect to see
an SA Query every time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-06-19 20:56:32 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
38ddccae8f TDLS: Add ctrl_iface option for flushing all TDLS peers
"TDLS_TEARDOWN *" can now be used to tear down the direct links to all
TDLS peers. This is useful for debugging purposes.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2014-06-16 23:43:46 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
947f900fb8 TDLS: Handle unreachable link teardown for external setup
If a link is unreachable, the specification mandates we should send a
teardown packet via the AP with a specific teardown reason. Force this
by first disabling the link and only then sending the teardown packet
for the LOW_ACK event.

Rename the TDLS LOW_ACK event handler to better reflect its purpose.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2014-06-16 23:34:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fa21e6c35b Fix CONFIG_MODULE_TESTS=y build without CONFIG_P2P=y
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-15 19:35:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bd10d93891 P2P: Clean up by moving ifdef CONFIG_P2P to p2p_suppplicant.h
This removes number of unnecessary #ifdef CONFIG_P2P blocks from generic
code by hiding the conditional build into p2p_supplicant.h with empty
inline functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-15 19:31:53 +03:00
Ilan Peer
e3bd6e9dc0 P2P: Use another interface operating channel as listen channel
Performing a P2P Device flow such as p2p_listen or
p2p_find, can degrade the performance of an active interface
connection, if the listen frequency is different than the
frequency used by that interface.

To reduce the effect of P2P Device flows on other interfaces,
try changing the listen channel of the P2P Device to match the
operating channel of one of the other active interfaces. This change
will be possible only in case that the listen channel is not forced
externally, and will be delayed to a point where the P2P Device
state machine is idle.

The optimization can be configured in the configuration file and
is disabled by default.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-06-15 00:46:11 +03:00
Ilan Peer
28812a8983 P2P: Try using one of the social channels for GO
In case there is no preference for the GO operating channel,
try using one of 1, 6, 11 (randomly), and only if the random
selection is not suitable traverse all the channels 1..11.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-06-15 00:33:52 +03:00
Avraham Stern
0a816e8cbf P2P: Remove duplicated code from get_shared_radio_freqs_data()
Remove the seperation between getting the local interface frequency and
other interfaces frequencies since going over all the radio interfaces
includes the local interface.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2014-06-15 00:21:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
504df28a1d Remove unused dump_freq_array()
This function is not used anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-15 00:21:41 +03:00
Ilan Peer
a0c90bb073 P2P: Collect and use extended data on used frequencies
When the number of frequencies supported by the kernel is bigger than
one, and there is a need to pick a frequency for a new flow such as P2P
GO Negotiation or P2P Invitation, the flow should be able to pick the
best frequency among all the frequencies currently used by the device.

In order to prioritize between the currently used frequencies, add
the ability to collect additional data about each used frequency
(if the frequency is used by a station interface or P2P Client)
and when needed select the best frequency, where:

1. Infrastructure interfaces have highest priority
2. P2P Client interfaces have higher priority over AP/GO
   interfaces.

The rational is that the frequency of an AP/GO can change while
that of a station interface cannot.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-06-15 00:21:40 +03:00
Avraham Stern
b278f323ed P2P: Remove unused code from get_shared_radio_freqs_data()
Remove the check for get_radio_name support from
get_shared_radio_freqs_data() since get_radio_name is no longer in use
in this function.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2014-06-15 00:21:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
25be28a375 dbus: Check return value more consistently (CID 62841)
Most of these calls are checked to return success and there is no reason
why these wouldn't, so be more consistent. This addresses CID 62841,
CID 62840, CID 62839, CID 62838, CID 62837, CID 62836.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-14 12:32:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f62415df8a Note chmod() failure in debug log even in ignore case (CID 62843)
If this chmod() call fails, the global control interface is allowed to
be used since there was no change to its group. Anyway, it can be
helpful to note the error case in debug log instead of silently ignoring
it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-14 12:32:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
49d13df63c P2P: Fix wfd_dev_info parsing for P2P-DEVICE-FOUND (CID 68127)
Commit b125c48fce ('P2P: Add wfd_dev_info=
field for device found event') added Wi-Fi Display device info to the
P2P-DEVICE-FOUND events. However, it did not include proper bounds
checking in wifi_display_subelem_hex() and could accept subelements with
invalid length field values. This could result in buffer read overflow
of up to 64 kB and inclusion of heap memory in the local control
interface event and/or process crash due to invalid memory access. Fix
this by checking the validity of the length field before writing a
hexdump of the data.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 15:25:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1851e17a64 dbus: Clean up P2P group vendor ext getter
The vendor_ext[i] = NULL setting did not make any sense since
num_vendor_ext should have been used to index the vendor_ext array. The
old code did not do any harm since i >= num_vendor_ext and none of the
already set entries could have been cleared. Anyway, better clean this
by making it skip the setting to NULL similarly to what was already done
in the P2P peer vendor ext getter.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:48:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
137ff332fd HS 2.0R2: Fix OSEN IE parsing for in cipher setup (CID 68132)
The OSEN code path hardcodes number of struct wpa_ie_data items.
However, it did not clear the full structure and some uninitialized
fields could have been used (e.g., ie.mgmt_group_cipher for a debug
print and ie.capabilities for checking MFPC). Fix this by clearing the
ie data before filling in the hardcoded OSEN values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:36:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2703fb4ad9 WNM: Use cleaner way of generating pointer to a field (CID 68100)
The Action code field is in a fixed location, so the IEEE80211_HDRLEN
can be used here to clean up bounds checking to avoid false reports from
static analyzer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:27:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fb5d417178 P2P: Use cleaner way of generating pointer to a field (CID 68096)
The Action code field is in a fixed location, so the IEEE80211_HDRLEN
can be used here to clean up bounds checking to avoid false reports from
static analyzer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:27:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
35c03184df P2P: Use cleaner way of generating pointer to a field (CID 68095)
The Action code field is in a fixed location, so the IEEE80211_HDRLEN
can be used here to clean up bounds checking to avoid false reports from
static analyzer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:27:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e987c70c85 dbus: Add explicit break statements to switch-default
There were couple of missing breaks in switch-default (before/after).
While these did not have any noticeable issues due to falling over to
the next step that just exited from the switch statement, it is cleaner
and more robust to have each case use an explicit break.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:27:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6446420b24 dbus: Initialize temporary entry properly (CID 62877)
The tmpentry variable was not initialized and
_wpa_dbus_dict_entry_get_byte_array() does not set tmpentry.type, so it
would have been possible for the error path to end up trying to free
unexpected type of an entry or not free the memory at all.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:27:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
70d9537361 Use clearer way of getting pointer to a frame (CID 62835)
This avoids an incorrect ARRAY_VS_SINGLETON report for a case where a
pointer is taken to the specified field in a frame and not to a single
octet. Bounds checking was already handled separately.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-13 00:27:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e87e798b5 Fix HS20_GET_NAI_HOME_REALM_LIST hex length check (CID 68108)
Due to an incorrect operation (MOD vs. AND), the code that was supposed
to return an error if the hex string has odd length was not really
reporting any failures. Instead of reporting an error, the invalid
control interface command would have been truncated. This is not an
issue in practice, but better fix the implementation anyway.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-12 19:45:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
beb9e1171e dbus: Avoid theoretical memory leaks with duplicated dict entries
If a dict would include duplicated items, the parsing code here would
have leaked memory by overwriting old os_strdup() result with the new
one. Fix this by explicitly freeing the previous entry. This addresses
CID 62852, CID 62851, CID 62850, CID 62849, CID 62847, CID 62846.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-12 19:45:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ceb4cd89c9 dbus: Fix a potential double-free in on error path (CID 62880)
It would have been at least theoretically possible to hit the first
error in the loop and end up jumping to error handling which would call
os_free(value) without the value having been cleared after the os_free()
call at the end of the previous loop iteration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-12 19:45:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5519241676 GAS: Limit TX wait time based on driver maximum value
The GAS query TX operation used a fixed wait time of 1000 ms for the
reply. However, it would be possible for the driver to not support this
long remain-on-channel maximum. Limit this wait time based on driver
support, if needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-06-12 10:56:06 +03:00
Nirav Shah
d3b204694a P2P: Make the default p2p_find delay value configurable
This makes the p2p_find default delay value configurable as
p2p_search_delay parameter through the configuration file (and through
control interface "SET p2p_search_delay <value>" on the P2P management
interface.

This parameter controls the number milliseconds of extra delay that is
added between search iterations when there is a concurrent operation in
progress. This can be used, e.g., p2p_search_delay=100 to make p2p_find
friendlier to concurrent operations by avoiding it from taking 100% of
the radio resources. The default value is the previous default, i.e.,
500 ms. Smaller values can be used to find peers more quickly at the
cost of larger effect to concurrent operations while a larger value
leaves more time for the concurrent operations at the cost of making
device discovery take longer time.

The optional p2p_find delay argument can still be used to override the
search delay for each search operation.

Since the P2P_CONCURRENT_SEARCH_DELAY macro is not used anymore, the
driver specific build parameter for bcmdhd from Android.mk is also
removed. Similar configuration can now be achieved with
p2p_search_delay=0 in the p2p0 interface configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-06-09 19:43:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a01acc50d5 Check for EVENT_ASSOC data to be present for AP mode operation
wpa_supplicant_event() is required to include the event data for AP mode
events. In theory, a non-AP mode event could be sent here from the
driver wrapper, so reject such event.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-07 19:15:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0bbaa9b93f Validate driver extended capabilities length against buffer length
Prepare for new extended capabilities bits by checking that the local
buffer is large enough to contain all the bits the driver requests. The
existing buffers are large enough to include anything defined until now,
but it would be possible to add more definitions in the future, so
increase them a bit as well to make this more future proof.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-07 16:35:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9c6c5589e0 Interworking: Reject EAP configuration with unsupported inner method
Instead of allowing the connection attempt to occur with an unsupported
inner method, check for that explicitly at the time the network block is
added and drop the network if the identified inner method is not
supported.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-07 16:18:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f2ca0e9770 Check eap_get_name() return against NULL to silence static analyzer
This cannot really be NULL in practice since cred->eap_method would
point to a valid EAP method. Anyway, to avoid false positive from
analyzers, check the pointer explicitly before printing it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-07 15:42:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fb958ea76e Check current_ssid on unexpected association event
This is mainly to keep static analyzers silent since it does not look
like this code path can be reached in practice due to the way
association events are handled and current_ssid is either set before
resched here or the association is rejected. Anyway, if this could be
reached, the wpa_supplicant_set_wpa_none_key() call would end up
dereferencing a NULL pointer, so add an explicit check to make sure that
does not happen.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-06-07 13:32:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6a98f67369 ChangeLog entries for v2.2
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-06-04 16:08:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d4b951f31b Fix offchannel TX not to retransmit pending frame on callback
If the offchannel TX frame command was offloaded to the driver in
offchannel_send_action(), we must not send another copy of the frame if
a remain-on-channel event happens to be delivered between this TX
command and the matching TX status event. It was possible for the
duplicated frame to cause problems, e.g., with P2P invitation exchange
if the same Invitation Request frame got sent twice and only the first
one getting accepted by the peer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-06-04 16:07:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
df48efc5ab Fix external radio work stopping to not read freed memory
The dynamically allocated struct wpa_external_work contains the name of
the radio work in the type field and this is used in a debug print
within radio_work_done(). Re-order radio_work_done() and os_free() calls
on couple of paths where the memory was freed before that final user of
the buffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-31 22:58:51 +03:00
Amit Khatri
9a17b36e55 tests: Makefile change avoiding compiler error for module test
wpa_supplicant was giving below error when "CONFIG_MODULE_TESTS=y" and
"CONFIG_P2P=y" are in .config file:
"wpas_module_tests.c:84: undefined reference to `wps_module_tests'"

This error is coming because "CONFIG_WPS=y" is commented out in .config
file but CONFIG_WPS is getting enabled by CONFIG_P2P in Makefile.

Signed-off-by: Amit Khatri <amit.khatri@samsung.com>
2014-05-31 13:36:59 +03:00
Mikael Kanstrup
b77aeae732 Interworking: Re-trigger scan if no connect attempt is done
For one specific case when running with Interworking enabled the
re-initialisation of the scan timer is missing. This makes auto connect
to a configured network fail.

The case is:
- Interworking credentials available, but do not match
- Auto interworking is enabled (auto_interworking=1)
- Interworking auto select is disabled (i.e., this is from
  auto_interworking=1, not from INTERWORKING_SELECT auto)
- No configured (enabled and non blacklisted) networks are present
  in scan results list with full match
- Interworking finds matching networks (it does not do full security
  policy match)

This patch covers the case and re-initialises the scan timer to allow
search for a suitable network to continue.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2014-05-31 13:23:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2d2dd488be tests: Add module tests for src/common
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-28 00:56:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
829a1b3296 P2P: Clear p2p_auth_invite after each persistent group invitation
This makes the operations more consistent when going through multiple
persistent group re-invocation sequences in a row. Each invitation needs
to be accepted separately if persistent reconnect is not enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-27 12:09:25 +03:00
Boris Sorochkin
e403ba859e Parse DMG capabilities when reporting to external interfaces
This adds [DMG] and [PBSS] flags for scan results and BSS table entries
using the IEEE Std 802.11ad-2012 updated definition of the Capability
field.

Signed-off-by: Boris Sorochkin <qca_bsoroc@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-26 23:35:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8860e0f47c tests: Add printf encoding/decoding module tests
This replaces tests/test-printf.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-26 17:21:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7bb70909a2 Add DRIVER_EVENT AVOID_FREQUENCIES for testing
This can be used to simulate driver events indicating frequencies to
avoid.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-26 17:21:44 +03:00
Masashi Honma
f0356ec85c eloop: Add epoll option for better performance
This patch adds epoll option for the eloop implementation. This can be
selected with the CONFIG_ELOOP_EPOLL=y build option.

[merit]
See Table1.

Table1. comparison table
+--------+--------+-----------+------------+-------------+
|        | add fd | remove fd | prepare fd | dispatch fd |
+--------+--------+-----------+------------+-------------+
| select | O(1)   | O(1)      | O(N)       | O(N)        |
+--------+--------+-----------+------------+-------------+
| poll   | O(1)   | O(1)      | O(N)       | O(N)        |
+--------+--------+-----------+------------+-------------+
| epoll  | O(1)   | O(1)      | 0          | O(M)        |
+--------+--------+-----------+------------+-------------+
"add fd" is addition of fd by eloop_sock_table_add_sock().
"remove fd" is removal of fd by eloop_sock_table_remove_sock().
"prepare fd" is preparation of fds before wait in eloop_run().
"dispatch fd" is dispatchment of fds by eloop_sock_table_dispatch().
"N" is all watching fds.
"M" is fds which could be dispatched after waiting.

As shown in Table1, epoll option has better performance on "prepare fd" column.
Because select/poll option requires setting fds before every select()/poll().
But epoll_wait() doesn't need it.

And epoll option has also better performance on "dispatch fd" column.
Because select/poll option needs to check all registered fds to find out
dispatchable fds. But epoll option doesn't require checking all registered fds.
Because epoll_wait() returns dispatchable fd set.

So epoll option is effective for GO/AP functionality.

[demerit]
The epoll option requires additional heap memory. In case of P2P GO, it is
about 8K bytes.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2014-05-16 18:25:51 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
68d270069f dbus: No need to recompute group object path on GroupStarted signal
The group object is already registered on DBus at that point, thus wpa_s
structure holds its path already.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-05-16 18:20:17 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
f3734e2377 dbus: Provide the P2P Device Address from the relevant structure
Fixes a minor mistake: the p2p_info structure should be used here
instead of the peer_handler_args one.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-05-16 18:19:37 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
e956b830fc dbus: Fix interface DeviceFound signal specification
DeviceFound does not provide any properties, just the peer object path.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-05-16 18:19:10 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
fc591a771c dbus: Declare GONegotiation signals properly
These signals delivers an array of key/value pairs, thus declaring those
as it should.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-05-16 18:18:39 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
b19c098e75 Send authentication failure reason in wpas_auth_failed()
"WRONG_KEY"   - possibly wrong psk
"AUTH_FAILED" - authentication failure
"CONN_FAILED" - continiuos connection failure

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-05-16 18:08:39 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
5516ed32c5 WPS: Deinit before wpas_p2p_disconnect()
When there is a pending WPS negotiation for P2P and signal interrupt is
triggered, invalid read occurs in wpas_wps_terminate_pending() if
wpas_p2p_disconnect() removed the interface. Inverting deinit order
solves the issue.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-05-16 01:03:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e9eb648e0e P2P: Reject P2P_FIND and P2P_LISTEN on disabled interface
This makes the P2P operations behave more consistently with the SCAN
command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-15 21:34:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c71c241674 P2P: Clear P2P state if active interface is disabled
The radio works for the interface get removed if interface is disabled.
This could have left P2P module in invalid state if the interface got
disabled during a p2p_find or p2p_listen operation. Clear the state in
such a case to avoid blocking following operations due to P2P module
assuming it is still in progress of doing something.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-15 21:32:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ad12f2f422 Add DRIVER_EVENT ctrl_iface command for testing purposes
This new command can be used to simulate driver events without having to
go through the driver wrapper or kernel code for this. This enables more
testing coverage with hwsim.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-15 21:09:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3e66f78914 P2P: Make sure GO start does not miss connect_without_scan
It looks like there was a possible sequence for wpa_s->scan_req to be
MANUAL_SCAN_REQ at the moment a GO is to be started. This could result
in the "Request scan (that will be skipped) to start GO" to actually not
skip the scan and end up stuck waiting for something external to trigger
a scan before the GO could be started. Fix this by clearing
wpa_s->scan_req when deciding to start the GO.

This issue could be hit at least by first enabling autoscan and then
issuing P2P_GROUP_ADD. Other sequences that set wpa_s->scan_req to
MANUAL_SCAN_REQ without going through wpa_supplicant_scan() to clear it
immediately could also have similar effect (and there is even a small
window for the wpa_supplicant_scan() call to happen only after the
P2P_GROUP_ADD command is processed, so this could potentially have
happened even with SCAN + P2P_GROUP_ADD).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-15 16:56:49 +03:00
Rashmi Ramanna
28fa4eb2b2 P2P: Fix scan optimization for GO during persistent group invocation
Commit 41d5ce9e0b was intended to scan for
GO on the negotiated channel for few iterations, but it did not work
correctly due to incorrect operator being used. Fix this by requiring
both conditions to be met for the single channel scan.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-13 15:49:06 +03:00
Edhar, Mahesh Kumar
7b42862ac8 P2P: Validate GO operating channel on channel list changes
On receiving CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED event from driver, verify that local
GO (if any) is operating in valid frequency. If not, we should remove
the group and reform on valid frequency. Indicate this similarly to the
avoid-frequency notification (i.e., a control interface message for
upper layers to react to this for now; potentially CSA later).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-12 19:43:59 +03:00
Alexandru Costache
fb2ac53df1 Remove leftover timeouts on cleanup
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Costache <alexandru.costache.100@gmail.com>
2014-05-12 19:43:59 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
1c330a2fdc Add 'dup_network <id_s> <id_d> <name>' command
This command allows to copy network variable from one network to
another, e.g., to clone the psk field without having to extract it from
wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-05-12 19:43:56 +03:00
Hannu Mallat
316f92cd33 dbus: Reorder deauthentication and cleanup calls when removing a network
Valgrind indicates reference to already freed memory if function
wpa_config_remove_network() is called prior to calling
wpa_supplicant_deauthenticate(), and this can lead to a crash.
Inverting the call order fixes the problem.

Signed-off-by: Hannu Mallat <hannu.mallat@jollamobile.com>
2014-05-12 18:05:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cfdb32e88f eapol_test: Check EAP-Key-Name
The new command line argument -e can be used to request the server to
send EAP-Key-Name in Access-Accept. If both the local EAP peer
implementation and server provide the EAP Session-Id, compare those
values and indicate in debug log whether a match was seen.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-11 21:22:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
270c9a43e6 Interworking: Allow FT to be used for connection
This extends Interworking network selection to enable FT-EAP as an
optional key_mgmt value to allow FT to be used instead of hardcoding
WPA2-Enterprise without FT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-05-10 16:15:20 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
81ed4991ae Remove duplicated ibss_rsn_deinit() call
No need to call ibss_rsn_deinit() again since it is already being called
by wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc().

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-05-10 13:48:34 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
0f1034e388 P2P: Refrain from performing extended listen during P2P connection
Do not perform extended listen period operations when either a P2P
connection is in progress. This makes the connection more robust should
an extended listen timer trigger during such an operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-09 20:42:44 +03:00
Hu Wang
dd10abccc8 MACsec: wpa_supplicant integration
Add MACsec to the wpa_supplicant build system and configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-09 20:42:44 +03:00
Hu Wang
7baec808ef MACsec: Add driver_ops
This defines new driver_ops to be used with MACsec.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-09 20:05:28 +03:00
Hu Wang
0836c04b30 MACsec: Allow EAPOL version 3 to be configured
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-05-09 20:05:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2cebdee66d Fix MinGW build
No need to use ENOBUFS within core wpa_supplicant, so just replace it
with -1 to work arounds MinGW build issues.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-29 18:59:12 +03:00
Eliad Peller
e4fa8b120b wpa_supplicant: Add Wake-on-WLAN configuration support
Add a new wowlan_triggers option to wpa_supplicant.conf. The triggers in
this key will be used to configure the kernel wowlan configuration.

For now, support only simple flags. More complex triggers can be added
later on.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2014-04-29 18:59:12 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
959214b260 Android: Use extended P2P functionality (ANDROID_P2P) for all vendors
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-04-29 18:59:12 +03:00
Sreenath Sharma
fa258a3df6 HS 2.0 R2: Fix writing of domain_suffix_match cred parameter
This was supposed to end with a newline character so that parameters are
aligned in configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Sreenath Sharma <sreenats@broadcom.com>
2014-04-29 17:25:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0bceb8d6f4 Make dl_list_first() and dl_list_last() uses easier for static analyzers
The previous check for dl_list_len() or having an entry from the list is
sufficient, but some static analyzers cannot figure out that
dl_list_first() and dl_list_last() will return non-NULL in this type of
cases. Avoid invalid reports by explicitly checking for NULL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-29 12:52:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ece88f7697 Make last_scan_res update easier for static analyzers
The check based on last_scan_res_used is sufficient for making sure that
last_scan_res is allocated. However, it is a bit too complex for static
analyzers to notice, so add an explicit check to avoid bogus reports.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-29 12:52:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b7a6702fd4 Indicate disconnection event on interface disabled
It is possible for the disconnection event from the driver to not get
delivered when interface is disabled. To maintain consistent ctrl_iface
event behavior, indicate CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED in such a case if we
were in connected state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-28 16:54:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b89962b4b9 Fix wpa_config_read() with existing config block
If two config files are merged together, the ssid and cred blocks may
not have been processed correctly since the tail pointers were not
updated to the last entry from the first configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-28 16:54:09 +03:00
Ilan Peer
d0df643735 wpa_supplicant: Call frequency conflict handling during auth
Previously, the frequency conflict was handled only during the
association flow. However, some drivers, e.g., mac80211 based
drivers, will fail an authentication request in case that there
are no available channels for use (as they might be used by
other interfaces), and thus the frequency conflict resolution
is never called.

Fix this by calling frequency conflict resolution during
authentication (SME-in-wpa_supplicant) as well.

In addition, get the shared radio frequency from the wpa_s context in
both the SME-in-driver and SME-in-wpa_supplicant cases and not from the
driver.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-04-24 12:15:32 +03:00
Luciano Coelho
0cf24fdaed scan: Reset normal scan counter when a connection succeeds
The normal scan counter is used to trigger a few normal scans before a
scheduled scan is issued. The reason for doing this is that we get
results faster and some drivers support more SSIDs per normal scan
than during sched scan. After 2 normal scans, we start using
sched_scan. But the problem is that when a connection succeeds, we do
not reset this counter, so we will keep using sched scans.

To fix this, now we reset the counter when we switch to WPA_COMPLETED
state.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
2014-04-24 12:15:32 +03:00
Greg Hackmann
9176ec066e Android: Disable unused parameter warnings
This avoids large number of undesired compiler warnings since Android
build system is added -Wextra.

Signed-off-by: Greg Hackmann <ghackmann@google.com>
2014-04-24 12:15:32 +03:00
Naresh Jayaram
13f6a07efc Add SIM identifier to the network profile and cred block
This allows the specific SIM to be identified for authentication
purposes in multi-SIM devices. This SIM number represents the index of
the SIM slot. This SIM number shall be used for the authentication using
the respective SIM for the Wi-Fi connection to the corresponding
network.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-24 12:15:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d41cc8ccf6 Allow HT 40 MHz intolerant flag to be set for association
This extends HT overrides to allow HT 40 MHz intolerant flag to be set
with ht40_intolerant=1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-17 17:11:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f777fd127f Fix writing of provisioning_sp cred parameter
This was supposed to be within quotation marks in the configuration
file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-16 01:41:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a7ca6dac44 Fix P2P redirection of global ctrl_iface SET command
The previous version prevented all use of wpas_global_ctrl_iface_set().
That's not desirable since there may be more global parameters added in
the future. Instead, try to use the global version first and redirect to
P2P interface only if the global version returns an error.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-15 13:27:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d6b818efe5 Remove SAVE_CONFIG redirect from global control interface
The P2P redirection for SAVE_CONFIG issued on the global control
interface was preventing wpas_global_ctrl_iface_save_config() from being
reached. The global version of SAVE_CONFIG was supposed to try to save
configuration files for all interface rather than just the P2P
management interface, so fix this by removing the unneeded and undesired
redirection.

Modify the global SAVE_CONFIG handler to return FAIL if no configuration
files were saved. This makes the behavior match with the per-interface
SAVE_CONFIG.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-15 13:26:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
128cc37558 eap_proxy: Use unique Makefile names for Android and non-Android
Rename the eap_proxy_*.mk file to eap_proxy_*.mak for non-Android builds
so that the same eap_proxy implementation can be more easily included in
the same directory for both cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-15 13:02:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e83e15ee77 P2P: Fix interface remove to terminate all P2P groups
Previously, it was possible to remove the main interface and leave
behind dynamic P2P group interfaces. This would eventually result in
references freed memory, so it is not really suitable behavior. Instesd,
remove all the dynamic P2P group interfaces that were created through an
interface that is now removed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-15 00:20:17 +03:00
quiche@chromium.org
e9b32dae1a Propagate scan failures over D-Bus
If we receive a scan request via D-Bus and wpa_supplicant_scan_trigger
fails, return the failure to the caller over D-Bus.

Signed-hostap: mukesh agrawal <quiche@chromium.org>
2014-04-13 23:43:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
142817b2f9 Add a wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface event for regdom changes
CTRL-EVENT-REGDOM-CHANGE event provides an external notification of
regulatory domain (and any driver channel list) changes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 16:32:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
150fd0b2b5 WPS: Split eapol_cb reconnect to a separate code path
Use eloop timeout to run the reconnect command after eapol_cb has
returned. This reduces stack use and can simplify the driver
command/event sequence by allowing the disconnection events from the
provisioning step to be processed before starting the actual data
connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 11:47:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ded4f944df WPS: Close p2p_group and temporary parameters to all network blocks
If a P2P GO issues multiple credentials for some reason, clone the
p2p_group and temporary parameters to all those based on the initial
network block that gets used for the first credential.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 11:44:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e74dd0e55b Add forgotten ampdu_factor into wpa_supplicant.conf
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 10:26:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
759ff2f075 Re-enable use of wildcard SSID with passphrase
This used to work, but it looks like the disabled-PSK-network check
ended up rejecting confiurations that configured a wildcard SSID with a
passphrase (instead of PSK).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 10:26:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
023b466da4 Fix a debug print to have a space between words
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 10:26:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0cd860284c Add CTRL-EVENT-SIGNAL-CHANGE for bgscan signal update events
This allows external programs to monitor driver signal change events
through wpa_supplicant when bgscan is used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 10:26:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bd8838a387 Fix ctrl_iface BLACKLIST return value
Adding a new entry was returning FAIL on success due to incorrect
assumption of wpa_blacklist_add() returning 0 on success (it returns the
positive blacklist count).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-13 10:26:51 +03:00
Andres Morales
f3ff948753 P2P: Add NFC_HANDOVER commands to p2p_redir list
These commands can be executed on the P2P interface thus should be
redirected to it when issued to the global control interface.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-04-11 19:22:00 +03:00
Fionn Cleary
481e66b1f8 Fix reassociate dbus method
- Reassociate was only working when there was already a connect in
  place, which is not how the REASSOCIATE command from the ctrl
  interface works.

Signed-off-by: Fionn Cleary <fionn.cleary@streamunlimited.com>
2014-04-11 19:22:00 +03:00
Daichi Ueura
2150c33337 wpa_cli: Fix wrong comparison in wpa_cli_cmd_interface
Signed-off-by: Daichi Ueura <daichi.ueura@gmail.com>
2014-04-11 19:22:00 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
8235f89f3f P2P: Mark the scan in p2p_in_invitation as p2p_probe
Mark the scan performed by the P2P Client in search of the GO
during the persistant reinvocation as a p2p_probe to avoid
unnecessary use of 802.11b rates.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-10 19:54:36 +03:00
Amarnath Hullur Subramanyam
38ce8e2709 Android: Add qca-vendor.h to be exported
Add qca-vendor.h along with wpa_ctrl.h to be exported to
common staged location.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-10 16:34:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
897a5ccee8 WNM: Remove unnecessary present flag
The structures are all allocated, so the pointer can be compared to NULL
to determine whether the subelement was present.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-08 01:34:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f6ce70dc0d WNM: Fix neighbor report subelement formats
Number of of subelements were using incorrect format definition.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-08 01:32:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e9cb7b9275 WNM: Fix neighbor report subelement parser to not leak memory
If a subelement is unexpectedly included multiple times, the parser must
not re-allocate memory for the entry without first freeing the old
allocation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-08 01:20:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1aa6f953bb WNM: Fix neighbor report subelement parser
Only the Neighbor Report element should be included here, so verify that
the element id matches. In addition, verify that each subelement has
valid length before using the data.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-08 01:01:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f8b10c1770 Fix CONFIG_AP=y build without CONFIG_P2P=y
Commit ca9bc5b566 used P2P functionality
from ap.c without proper ifdef CONFIG_P2P.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-07 13:40:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f05cee9714 P2P: Clear p2p_in_invitation on cancel
Commit 41d5ce9e0b added scan optimizations
for P2P invitation cases. However, it left a path where the invitation
state was not cleared and as such, introduced potential issues for
following scans that ended up getting incorrectly optimized for a single
channel regardless of parameters. Fix this by clearing p2p_in_invitation
more carefully, especially on p2p_cancel command.

p2p_cancel is now also run from the FLUSH command to avoid issues with
hwsim test cases (e.g., persistent_group_per_sta_psk followed by
ap_open_tdls resulted in an error due to p2p_in_invitation remaining set
after FLUSH).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-07 13:40:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ec331d09a2 WNM: Fix deinit path to clean neighbor report count
wnm_deallocate_memory() left wnm_num_neighbor_report set while freeing
the allocated buffer of neighbor reports. If this function was called
twice in a row without having went through new neighbor report parsing,
invalid pointers could have been freed resulted in segfault.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-07 13:40:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
679f2e7c5f WPS NFC: Remove NFC_RX_HANDOVER_SEL
The newer NFC_REPORT_HANDOVER command is more general version that
handles the cases where NFC_RX_HANDOVER_SEL could potentially have been
used. In addition, with the new WPS NFC design, it is important to
receive the handover request message that was used in the handover in
addition to the select message, so the NFC_RX_HANDOVER_SEL command on
its own would not be sufficient for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-07 00:56:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dc39004318 WPS: Remove unused WEP related functionality
Now that WPS 2.0 support is enabled unconditionally, WEP and Shared auth
type are not allowed. This made some of the older code unused and that
can now be removed to clean up the implementation. There is still one
place where WEP is allowed for testing purposes: wpa_supplicant as
Registrar trying to configure an AP to use WEP. That is now only allowed
in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds, though.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-06 12:31:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9ff4de6de4 Move DROP_SA command to be within ifdef CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS
This is a test command and has no use in production builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-05 23:59:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9a147ba18d WNM: Fix regression in Sleep Mode exit key data parsing
Commit dbfb8e82ff changed the Action frame
RX payload pointer design to point to a different field. WNM Sleep Mode
Response handler updated one of the uses to accommodate this change, but
that commit missed another use for key data length. This resulted in GTK
and IGTK being ignored in many cases when waking up from WNM Sleep Mode
with PMF enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-04-05 20:42:13 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
204c9ac4ee Extend select_network command with freq= to reduce scan time
This allows a subset of channels to be specified for the scan used to
find the network when the SELECT_NETWORK ctrl_iface command is issued.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-04-04 23:07:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
75aea3e704 Interworking: Add writing of forgotten cred parameters into config file
req_conn_capab and required_roaming_consortium parameters were not
written into the cred block when requesting wpa_supplicant to write the
configuration file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-04 22:57:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c880ab87ee Interworking: Add GET_CRED ctrl_iface command
"GET_CRED <id> <field>" can now be used to fetch credential parameters
over the control interface. This does not allow passwords etc. private
material to be retrieved ("*" is returned for those if the value is set
regardless of the value). FAIL is returned if the requested parameter
has not been set. For cred parameters that can have multiple values,
newline separated list of values is returned.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-04 20:13:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1619e9d512 Interworking: Add ctrl_iface events on cred block modifications
Following events are now sent to ctrl_iface monitors to indicate if
credential blocks have been added, modified, or removed:

CRED-ADDED <id>
CRED-MODIFIED <id> <field>
CRED-REMOVE <id>

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-04-04 19:10:47 +03:00
Pawel Kulakowski
39a5800f7c wpa_supplicant: Allow disabling LDPC
Allows user to disable LDPC coding.
This possibility is useful for testing purpose.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Kulakowski <pawel.kulakowski@tieto.com>
2014-04-01 11:20:48 +03:00
Jean Trivelly
72300408d4 Interworking: Read IMSI if not read at supplicant start
It is required to read IMSI from SIM if it has not already been done
when comparing HS 2.0 AP 3GPP information with the local credentials.

Signed-off-by: Jean Trivelly <jean.trivelly@intel.com>
2014-03-31 23:44:59 +03:00
Jean Trivelly
62f736dd04 Interworking: Init scard when a credential requires SIM access
When an ANQP fetch is triggered and ANQP_3GPP_CELLULAR_NETWORK info is
required, initialize scard to be ready when comparing ANQP and
credentials.

Signed-off-by: Jean Trivelly <jean.trivelly@intel.com>
2014-03-31 23:35:08 +03:00
Jean Trivelly
729897a388 Interworking: Fix incorrect compile PCSC flag
CONFIG_PCSC is used instead of PCSC_FUNCS.

Signed-off-by: Jean Trivelly <jean.trivelly@intel.com>
2014-03-31 23:29:37 +03:00
Avraham Stern
ace0fbdb69 P2P: Fix segfault when PBC overlap is detected
If a separate P2P group interface is used, PBC overlap during group
formation causes the group interface to be removed, which ends up with
the interface context becoming invalid. Fix this by scheduling a timeout
to process the PBC overlap and interface removal instead of removing the
interface directly before the connection operation has returned.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2014-03-28 19:31:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cf15b15cc1 Add writing of network block ocsp parameter
This was forgotten from the per-network ocsp parameter addition. The new
parameter needs to be stored to the configuration file similarly to the
other EAP parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-28 16:56:41 +02:00
Ilan Peer
f1c4dbf5cd wpa_supplicant: Remove pending sme-connect radio work
If a new connection is attempted while there is a pending sme-connection
radio work, cancel the pending radio work and continue with the new
connection attempt. This is preferable over rejecting the new work and
continuing with the pending one, as it is possible that the previous
work is no longer valid.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-03-27 16:45:25 +02:00
Eliad Peller
4f560cdee3 wpa_supplicant: Override HT A-MPDU size if VHT A-MPDU was overridden
According to the standard, if the max A-MPDU VHT cap is <= 3, we
have to adjust the max A-MPDU HT cap to the same value. Otherwise
it should be set to 3.

Take care of it when the max VHT A-MPDU value is overridden.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2014-03-27 16:45:21 +02:00
Ilan Peer
782e2f785e P2P: Do not initiate scan on P2P Device when enabled
Do not start a scan on a P2P Device interface when processing an
interface enabled event.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-03-27 15:25:12 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
96ecea5eb1 Pass TDLS peer capability information in tdls_mgmt
While framing the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame, the driver needs to
know if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable and thus shall construct the
VHT/HT operation / WMM parameter elements accordingly. Supplicant
determines if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable based on the presence
of the respective IEs in the received TDLS Setup Response frame.

The host driver should not need to parse the received TDLS Response
frame and thus, should be able to rely on the supplicant to indicate
the capability of the peer through additional flags while transmitting
the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame through tdls_mgmt operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-27 15:18:48 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
cf28c66bcb HS 2.0: Extend ANQP_GET to accept Hotspot 2.0 subtypes
This allows a single ANQP query to be used to fetch both IEEE 802.11
defined ANQP elements and Hotspot 2.0 vendor specific elements.

ANQP_GET <addr> <info id>[,<info id>]...
[,hs20:<subtype>][...,hs20:<subtype>]

For example:
ANQP_GET 00:11:22:33:44:55:66 258,268,hs20:3,hs20:4

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-03-25 18:33:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
163f801ef2 nl80211: Indicate HS 2.0 OSEN AKM in connect/associate command
This allows drivers that build the WPA/RSN IEs internally to use similar
design for building the OSEN IE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-25 18:33:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c201f93a9e WPS: Enable WSC 2.0 support unconditionally
There is not much point in building devices with WPS 1.0 only supported
nowadays. As such, there is not sufficient justification for maintaining
extra complexity for the CONFIG_WPS2 build option either. Remove this by
enabling WSC 2.0 support unconditionally.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-25 18:33:21 +02:00
Sunil Dutt Undekari
91364b7f10 P2P: Set a timeout for a persistent reinvoke on a P2P Client
Use P2P group formation timeout to wait for the 4-way handshake to
complete on a persistent reinvocation on a P2P Client.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-25 15:38:33 +02:00
Rashmi Ramanna
41d5ce9e0b P2P: Optimize scan for GO during persistent group invocation
Scan for GO on the negotiated operating channel for few iterations
before searching on all the supported channels during persistent group
reinvocation. In addition, use the already known SSID of the group in
the scans. These optimizations reduce group formation time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-25 15:38:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
31ded52e70 SME: Add more debug prints for OBSS scans and 20/40 MHz co-ex report
This makes it easier to debug wpa_supplicant behavior when reporting
20/40 MHz co-ex information based on OBSS scans.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-23 23:56:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7f8eb34dee SME: Fix OBSS scan result processing for 20/40 MHz co-ex report
The 40 MHz intolerant bit needs to be checked before skipping the BSS
based on the channel already being in the lost (which could have
happened due to another BSS that does not indicate 40 MHz intolerant).
This fixed the 20/40 MHz co-ex report to indicate 20 MHz request
properly if there are both 40 MHz tolerant and intolerant BSSes on the
same channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-23 23:54:50 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
d3c9c35f32 Add freq= parameter to 'set pno' command
This allows channels-to-be-scanned to be specified for PNO similarly to
the scan command.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-03-21 23:56:46 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
b998236543 dbus: Implement P2P Peers info IEs buffer getter
Since it declares providing such property, let's expose it relevantly.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-03-21 23:49:47 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
c6f356f85b dbus: Export the peer's device address as a property
This could be useful in some cases.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-03-21 23:44:09 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
442adfde3d dbus: Declare properly ServiceDiscoveryRequest method
It does return something: the reference of the request, as an integer,
which can be used then with ServiceDiscoveryCancelRequest to get
canceled.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-03-21 23:36:50 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
890374118f dbus: Cancelling a service request always reply by an error
p2p_sd_cancel_request returns -1 in case of error, so does
wpas_p2p_sd_cancel_request.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-03-21 23:36:49 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
13494c4478 dbus: Remove duplicate signal declaration
ServiceDiscoveryExternal is uselessly declared twice.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2014-03-21 23:36:49 +02:00
Eduardo Abinader
5eae87a7d6 P2P: Fix GO failed interface init
Whenever an ongoing GO Neg has failed, due to interface init, the P2P
Device should cancel timeouts and issue wpas_p2p_group_formation_failed,
so the other peer detects faster group formation has failed.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardo.abinader@openbossa.org>
2014-03-21 23:26:16 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
c46235aaf0 wpa_supplicant: Fix radio_remove_interface
Remove pending radio works when an interface is removed from a radio.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2014-03-21 22:21:37 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
2ce7e4fd74 Android: Enable CONFIG_EAP_AKA_PRIME option
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-03-21 22:21:26 +02:00
Prameela Rani Garnepudi
95bf699f76 Add get_radio_name() driver wrapper for wpa_supplicant
Signed-off-by: Prameela Rani Garnepudi <prameela.g@samsung.com>
2014-03-21 22:20:38 +02:00
Guoqiang Liu
d06ecab344 D-Bus: Make p2p_no_group_iface configurable
Some old device need to set p2p_no_group_iface=1 to set up a P2P
connection, so add a D-Bus interface to configure it.

Signed-off-by: Guoqiang Liu <guoqiang.liu@archermind.com>
2014-03-21 22:17:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1120e45232 Allow config blobs to be set through ctrl_iface
"SET blob <name> <hexdump>" can now be used to set a configuration blob
through the wpa_supplicant control interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-15 23:51:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6829da39e6 Fix external radio_work deinit path
The radio_work type was stored within the dynamically allocated
wpa_radio_work buffer and that buffer ended up getting freed before the
final use of the type string within radio_work_done(). This resulted in
freed memory being used for a debug print. Avoid this by freeing the
wpa_external_work instance after having completed radio_work_done() for
the related work.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-14 21:58:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8dd9f9cdde Allow management group cipher to be configured
This allows hostapd to set a different management group cipher than the
previously hardcoded default BIP (AES-128-CMAC). The new configuration
file parameter group_mgmt_cipher can be set to BIP-GMAC-128,
BIP-GMAC-256, or BIP-CMAC-256 to select one of the ciphers defined in
IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-14 21:58:45 +02:00
Manish Bansal
67d39cfb32 P2P: Do not create another group interface on NFC Token enable
If a group interface is present and the command was issued on the group
interface, enable the token for that interface instead of creating a new
one.

Signed-off-by: Manish <manish.bansal@broadcom.com>
2014-03-14 21:58:45 +02:00
Paul Stewart
6aa1cd4e06 wpa_supplicant: Apply VHT_OVERRIDES to wpas_start_assoc_cb()
A previous patch "Support VHT capability overrides" missed one
place where HT overrides were being applied and where it would
also be useful to apply VHT overrides.

Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2014-03-14 21:50:58 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
6e9375e4e1 TDLS: Add get_capability tdls command
Command returns info in format: UNSUPPORTED/INTERNAL/EXTERNAL

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-03-14 21:40:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9a1a538fa5 wpa_supplicant AP: Allow PMF to be enabled with ieee80211w
The ieee80211w parameter was not previously copied to the hostapd BSS
structure from wpa_supplicant configuration, so PMF was practically
disabled. Allow it to be configured through the wpa_supplicant network
configuration block.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-13 18:22:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
daa70bdf68 Fix CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING=y build
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-12 22:39:11 +02:00
Peter Qiu
0f44ec8eba Add a reattach command for fast reassociate-back-to-same-BSS
Add "reattach" command to perform single-channel single-ssid scan
instead of full scan when trying to reconnect to the currently
"connected" network (assuming old scan results are not current enough to
skip the scan completely). This allows the scan result to come back in
much faster time. In ath9k, the scan took around 12 seconds with full
background scan, and only 0.1 second with the single-channel single-ssid
scan. Thus, take much less time for the client to re-establish
connection with the currently "connected" network.

Signed-hostap: Peter Qiu <zqiu@chromium.org>
2014-03-11 19:38:01 +02:00
Ben Greear
5d0d72a3e5 wpa_supplicant: Put upper bound on initial scan time delay
This makes stations associate much faster when using lots of stations.
In addition, this avoids delaying the initial scan continuously for
dynamic interface removal/addition cases.

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2014-03-11 19:23:17 +02:00
Alexander Bondar
5e3ddf4d23 PNO: Change sched_scan_stopped event to handle pending PNO properly
When a sched_scan_stopped event is received and there is a pending PNO,
it used regular scheduled scan parameters instead of PNO specific
parameters. Change it by calling wpas_start_pno().

Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-03-11 19:15:48 +02:00
Alexander Bondar
737e7a08b0 PNO: Move and rename pno_start()/pno_stop()
Move pno_start() and pno_stop() to scan.c as a more relevant location
and rename them to wpas_start_pno()/wpas_stop_pno().

Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-03-11 19:12:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
09eef142ea Use internal FIPS 186-2 PRF if needed
Previously, EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' did not work with number of crypto
libraries (GnuTLS, CryptoAPI, NSS) since the required FIPS 186-2 PRF
function was not implemented. This resulted in somewhat confusing error
messages since the placeholder functions were silently returning an
error. Fix this by using the internal implementation of FIP 186-2 PRF
(including internal SHA-1 implementation) with crypto libraries that do
not implement this in case EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' is included in the build.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-11 16:44:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
60b893dfb3 wpa_supplicant: Allow external management frame processing for testing
This enables more convenient protocol testing of AP and P2P
functionality in various error cases and unexpected sequences without
having to implement each test scenario within wpa_supplicant.
ext_mgmt_frame_handle parameter can be set to 1 to move all management
frame processing into an external program through control interface
events (MGMT-RX and MGMT-TX-STATUS) and command (MGMT_TX). This is
similar to the test interface that was added to hostapd previously, but
allows more control on offchannel operations and more direct integration
with the internal P2P module.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-08 20:21:21 +02:00
Ilan Peer
c16a7590cf wpa_supplicant: Add a configuration file for the P2P_DEVICE parameters
Add an option to specify a configuration file that can be used to hold
the P2P_DEVICE configuration parameters. If this option is not used, the
P2P_DEVICE configuration parameters will be read from interface
configuration file.

Note that it is advised to use this option in some cases such as:

If a P2P_DEVICE is supported by the driver, the wpa_supplicant creates a
dedicated P2P Device interface, where the configuration file used for
the main interface is used. As a consequence, if the configuration file
includes network definition etc., the wpa_supplicant will try to perform
station specific flows on the P2P Device interface which will fail.

If a P2P_DEVICE is supported by the driver and update_config is used,
the P2P Device configuration data will override the main interface
configuration data.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2014-03-07 00:11:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8f05577d11 Configure beacon interval for IBSS command
wpa_supplicant already allowed beacon interval to be configured for AP
mode operations, but this was not passed to the driver for IBSS even
though the same parameter can used for that case. Add this for the
nl80211 driver interface to allow beacon interval to be controlled for
IBSS as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-03-06 23:09:20 +02:00
Moshe Benji
354c903f8e AP/GO interface teardown optimization
This commit adds an option to optimize AP teardown by leaving the
deletion of keys (including group keys) and stations to the driver.

This optimization option should be used if the driver supports stations
and keys removal when stopping an AP.

For example, the optimization option will always be used for cfg80211
drivers since cfg80211 shall always remove stations and keys when
stopping an AP (in order to support cases where the AP is disabled
without the knowledge of wpa_supplicant/hostapd).

Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
2014-03-05 23:57:02 +02:00
Eliad Peller
3a94adbf42 P2P: Do not start scan for P2P Device interfaces at driver init
wpa_supplicant started delayed sched scan also on P2P Device interfaces,
resulting in erroneous scans and connection attempts. Skip that on
driver init when the interface is dedicated only for P2P management
purposes.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2014-03-04 22:34:00 +02:00
David Spinadel
aa10983004 P2P: Do not initialize bgscan on P2P interfaces
As a P2P group has a unique SSID and one security domain, it does
not make sense to enable background scanning for roaming purposes.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2014-03-04 22:32:24 +02:00
Alexander Bondar
54ac5aa271 config: Add bgscan option when saving global configuration
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
2014-03-04 22:27:39 +02:00
David Spinadel
268043d55f bgscan: Do not initialize bgscan if disabled by user
Do not initialize bgscan if the user explicitly set bgscan to an empty
string. Without this patch wpa_supplicant tries to initialize bgscan to
the first option if the string is empty.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2014-03-04 22:26:19 +02:00
Beni Lev
adef89480d nl80211: Add vendor command support
Add a callback to the driver interface that allows vendor specific
commands to be sent. In addition, a control interface command is added
to expose this new interface outside wpa_supplicant:

Vendor command's format:
VENDOR <vendor id> <sub command id> [<hex formatted data>]

The 3rd argument will be converted to binary data and then passed as
argument to the sub command.

This interface is driver independent, but for now, this is only
implemented for the nl80211 driver interface using the cfg80211 vendor
commands.

Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
2014-03-04 22:24:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
508e24c20b dbus: Clean up error reporting for TDLS peer address parsing
Passing a pointer to an error reply message is not very robust since
memory allocation could fail even for that error message. Instead, use a
separate error value as the return value from get_peer_hwaddr_helper()
and return a pointer to the error message through a pointer-to-pointer
so that the error case will always be clear.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a7c37d92d2 dbus: Remove duplicated variable assignment
This gets rid of a static analyzer warning.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea3b8c1d2d Do not use a separate variable for tracking first entry in a list
The pos pointer can be compared to the start of the buffer pointer to
determine whether the entry is the first one in the list. This gets rid
of some static analyzer warnings about unused variable writes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6ed626df40 Remove unused gid_str pointer update
The group name is not used on these paths, so just remove it from the
directory name without updating gid_str to point to the unused group
name.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
67adcd266c WNM: Check wpa_s->current_bss more consistently
The scan result comparison routine would not make much sense without
current BSS level known, so return from the function without going
through the iteration that could have dereferenced the pointer if
wpa_s->current_bss == NULL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-02 17:15:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2af4d87fc3 GAS: Fix additional comeback delay with status code 95
The special case of non-zero status code used in a GAS Comeback Response
frame to indicate that additional delay is needed before the response is
available was not working properly. This case needs to allow the status
code check to be bypassed for the comeback case prior to having received
any response data.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-01 17:06:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
07d462c7b7 Interworking: Remove unused password setting for SIM credential
The simulated SIM/USIM case uses a separate milenage cred parameter, so
this cred password parameter was unused for this credential type.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-01 17:06:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3141b82c16 Add OSEN to proto config field writer
This was forgotten from the OSEN addition where it was parsed, but not
written to a network block.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-03-01 10:49:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
06c7b7f0b5 HS 2.0R2: Fix temporary network disabling in Deauth Req case
Commits 7ef6947993 and
533536d82a added this temporarily
disabling case, but those commits were merged in without having been
converted to the new os_reltime design used for ssid->disabled_until.
Consequently, they ended up disabling the network for 44 years or so too
long time (depending on what values the relative timestamp had
accummulated so far). Fix this by using relative timestamps
consistently.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-28 00:29:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b7fb98f072 Interworking: Fix already-connected check to verify network priority
Commit d28f4e44f1 optimized Interworking
network selection in a case where the operation is run while already
connected to the selected network by skipping the reconnection. However,
this did not take into account that a higher priority network may have
shown up in the new scan results.

Fix this by checking whether network selection based on the latest scan
results (the ones from the interworking_select operation) would result
in a network with higher priority being selected. If so, skip the
optimization and force normal network connection (which will select this
newly found higher priority network). This fixes cases where a
non-Hotspot 2.0 network with higher priority (e.g., home network) shows
up while connected to a Hotspot 2.0 network with lower priority.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-27 14:06:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7c373ac267 Interworking: Fix last-network preference to not override priority
Commit 3d910ef497 tried to make
last-network selection behave more consistently with Interworking
network selection preferences. However, it did not take into account
that other network block may have higher priority. In such cases, the
last added network from Interworking network selection should actually
not be selected for the next connection. Fix this by limiting the
last-network preference to work only within a priority class.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-27 13:47:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f54e92433e HS 2.0R2: Fix req_conn_capab example
Protocol field needs to be separated properly from te port number list.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-27 00:43:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a6739e191e HS 2.0R2: Try to scan multiple times for OSU providers
Scan operation is not that reliable, so try couple of times if no
OSU provider matches are found during fetch_osu command.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cf6d08a63f Interworking: Add OCSP parameter to the cred block
This new parameter can be used to configure credentials to mandate use
of OCSP stapling for AAA server authentication.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6402f2fe40 Interworking: Add more debug info on roaming partner preferences
This can be useful in debugging selection of roaming partner preference.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
74794891c7 Interworking: Add sp_priority cred parameter
This new priority parameter can be used to specify priorities between
credentials provisioned by the same SP. cred->priority is checked first
and if it is same and the provisioning_sp parameter matches, the new
sp_priority is used to order the credentials. It should be noted that
the order of priorities is different (higher 'priority' value indicates
higher priority of the credential, while higher 'sp_priority' indicates
lower priority of the credential).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
751ac99768 Interworking: Use a helper function to compare cred priority
This makes it easier to extend credential priority comparison beyond a
single priority variable.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aff419f56a Interworking: Remove separate credential priority tracking
There is no need to keep the separate local variable for tracking the
highest selected priority since we track a pointer to the selected
credential with that information.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
533536d82a HS 2.0R2: Disable full ESS for as a workaround for per-BSS issues
For now, disable full ESS since some drivers may not support disabling
per BSS.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8a77f1be86 HS 2.0R2: Slow down connection attempts on EAP failures
This is needed to limit the number of consecutive authentication
attempts to no more than 10 within a 10-minute interval to avoid
unnecessary load on the authentication server. In addition, use a random
component in the delay to avoid multiple stations hitting the same
timing in case of simultaneous disconnection from the network.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
76a55a8e12 HS 2.0R2: Add more debug to network selection
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8b4b9fb384 HS 2.0R2: Fix bandwidth policy BSS selection
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
28f2a7c407 HS 2.0R2: Allow excluded network to be selected based on user override
Move excluded SSID filtering step to the end of credential validation
process and return list of BSSes that would otherwise have matching
credentials, but have an excluded SSID. Automatic network selection will
not select such a network, but interworking_connect command can be used
to pick excluded networks.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
33fb8c526c HS 2.0R2: Add support for Policy/RequiredProtoPortTuple
The new credential parameter req_conn_capab can be used to specify
restrictions on roaming networks providing connectivity for a set of
protocols/ports.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a45b2dc5dc HS 2.0R2: Add support for Policy/MaximumBSSLoadValue
The new credential parameter max_bss_load can be used to specify
restrictions on BSS Load in the home network.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4cad9df15a HS 2.0R2: Add support for Policy/MinBackhaulThreshold
The new credential parameters min_{dl,ul}_bandwidth_{home,roaming} can
be used to specify restrictions on available backhaul bandwidth.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aa26ba68b4 HS 2.0R2: Add tracking of provisioning SP
The new provisioning_sp cred field can now be used to track which SP
provisioned the credential. This makes it easier to find the matching
PPS MO from the management tree (./Wi-Fi/<provisioning_sp>).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e5fdfabf6 HS 2.0R2: Add WFA server-only EAP-TLS peer method
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
df0f01d91f HS 2.0R2: Add OSEN client implementation
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a5d75636f9 HS 2.0R2: Add common OSEN definitions
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
230e373539 HS 2.0R2: Add GAS operation duration statistics into debug
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b572df8650 HS 2.0R2: Add routine for fetching OSU provider information
The new wpa_cli fetch_osu command can be used to fetch information about
all OSU providers and write that to a text file with the icons in
separate files. cancel_osu_fetch command can be used to stop ongoing OSU
provider list fetch.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d2215fc67 HS 2.0R2: Add OSU Providers list ANQP element
wpa_supplicant can now request OSU Providers list with "hs20_anqp_get
<BSSID> 8".

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
184e110caf HS 2.0R2: Add Icon Request and Icon binary File ANQP elements
wpa_supplicant can request OSU icon data with "hs20_icon_request <BSSID>
<icon filename>". This transmits an Icon Request ANQP element and
processes the response in Icon Binary File ANQP elements.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7ef6947993 HS 2.0R2: Add STA support for Deauthentication Request notification
If requested, disable the network based on the HS 2.0 deauthentication
request.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
95a3ea9426 HS 2.0R2: Add WNM-Notification Request for Subscription Remediation
Subscription remediation notification WNM-Notification Request is now
shown in the following way in wpa_supplicant control interface:
<3>HS20-SUBSCRIPTION-REMEDIATION http://example.com/foo/

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f9cd147d6b HS 2.0R2: Update Indication element to Release 2
The HS 2.0 Indication element from wpa_supplicant now includes the
release number field and wpa_supplicant shows the release number of the
AP in STATUS command (hs20=1 replaced with hs20=<release>).

The new update_identifier field in the cred block can now be used to
configure the PPS MO ID so that wpa_supplicant adds it to the Indication
element in Association Request frames.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bc00053c9d Interworking: Allow roaming partner configuration
The new roaming_partner parameter within a cred block can be used to
configure priorities for roaming partners.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2c49d04cdb Do not clear global pmf setting on FLUSH
This parameter was actually used in some testing cases in a way that did
not really work well with the FLUSH command ending up disabling PMF.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-26 01:24:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
eef7235da1 Only try fast reconnect if network is not disabled
Previously, it would have been possible for the network to be marked
disabled and that marking to be ignored if a recoverable disconnection
reason event were processed. Avoid this by verifying network status
before trying to reconenct back to the same BSS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-25 23:52:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3d910ef497 Interworking: Prefer last added network during network selection
Previously, any network block could be used to select the BSS to connect
to when processing scan results after Interworking network selection.
This can result in somewhat unexpected network selection in cases where
credential preferences indicated that a specific network was selected,
but another network ended up getting used for the connection. While the
older networks continue to be valid, add special processing for this
initial post-interworking-connect case to get more consistent network
selection to match with the Interworking network selection result.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-25 22:37:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
da60d9c1ca tests: Add module tests for blacklist to complete coverage
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-25 20:16:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a33687ec7 P2P: Remove unnecessary ifdef CONFIG_NO_CONFIG_WRITE
wpa_config_write() is defined as a dummy function even if actual
operation to write the configuration file are commented out from the
build. This cleans up the code a bit and removed a compiler warning on
set-only variable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-25 19:31:16 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
050d8b5cc7 Fix documentation for wpa_supplicant_global_ctrl_iface_process()
This fixes a copy-paste error in the function name in
wpa_supplicant_global_ctrl_iface_process() documentation.

Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <p.kushwaha@samsung.com>
2014-02-25 16:53:57 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
4db216fcf7 wpa_supplicant: Add support for IPv6 with UDP ctrl_iface
Add IPv6 support when using udp/udp-remote control interface using the
following new build configuration options:

CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp6
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp6-remote

This is useful for testing, while we don't need to assign IPv4 address
(static or using DHCP) and can just use auto configured IPv6 addresses
(link local, which is based on the MAC address). Also add scope id
support for link local case.

For example,
./wpa_cli
./wpa_cli -i ::1,9877
./wpa_cli -i fe80::203:7fff:fe05:69%wlan0,9877

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2014-02-25 16:43:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f0e30c8410 Do not start another connect work while one is pending
It was possible for the connect or sme-connect radio work to get
re-scheduled while an earlier request was still pending, e.g.,
select_network is issued at the moment a scan radio work is in progress
and the old scan results are recent enough for starting the connection.
This could result in unexpected attempt to re-associate immediately
after completing the first connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-24 15:22:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3cdcb3a4b3 tests: Add module tests for WPS attribute parsing
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-21 13:41:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea449b5bfe tests: Add a module test integration to hwsim tests
CONFIG_MODULE_TESTS=y build option can now be used to build in module
tests into hostapd and wpa_supplicant binaries. These test cases will be
used to get better testing coverage for various details that are
difficult to test otherwise through the control interface control. A
single control interface command is used to executed these tests within
the hwsim test framework. This commit adds just the new mechanism, but no
module tests are yet integrated into this mechanism.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-21 13:08:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
211d7ab3d8 P2P: Add even more debug prints for Probe Request in non-Listen state
It looks like discovery_dev_id test case can still fail and based on the
previously added debug prints, this is happening since the P2P module
believes it is not in Listen state even when a P2P_LISTEN was issued.
p2p_listen_cb() did not get called on remain-on-channel event for some
reason, so lets add more debug to find out why this can happen.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-20 16:59:29 +02:00
Roger Zanoni
848905b12a Avoid undefined references with CONFIG_WPA_TRACE_BFD=y
libdl, libiberty, and libzlib are dependencies for libbfd.

Signed-off-by: Roger Zanoni <roger.zanoni@openbossa.org>
2014-02-20 16:32:26 +02:00
Jithu Jance
f667e031c9 P2P: Address few issues seen with P2P SD
Suppose we have multiple peers and we have peers advertising SD
capability, but no services registered for advertising. In this case,
even if there are multiple broadcast queries set, we might end up
sending only the lastly added broadcast query to the same device (since
SD_INFO won't get set for the first broadcast query). Add support for
multiple wildcard queries to be tracked to enable this type of use
case.

Some times it is seen that before advancing to next device in the list,
the scan results come and update SD_SCHEDULE flag. This will result in
sending the already sent query to the same device without giving chance
to other devices. This issue again is seen with peer devices advertising
SD capability without any services registered.

Signed-off-by: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2014-02-20 16:32:12 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
e9a6f18385 TLS: Add tls_disable_tlsv1_1 and tls_disable_tlsv1_2 phase1 params
These can be used to disable TLSv1.1 and TLSv1.2 as a workaround for AAA
servers that have issues interoperating with newer TLS versions.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-02-20 15:28:57 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
ac494fcce4 Android: Use external libnl 2.0 dynamic library
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-02-19 14:10:12 +02:00
Roger Zanoni
b7cac41254 Fix hostapd and wpa_supplicant build with binutils >= 2.24.x
Using binutils >= 2.24.x and setting
CONFIG_WPA_TRACE/CONFIG_WPA_TRACE_BDF causes both builds to fail with
"#error config.h must be included before this header" message.

Since version 2.24.x, the bfd header checks for PACKAGE and
PACKAGE_VERSION macros.

As suggested in http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=14243
projects that use bfd and don't use autotools should define a PACKAGE
macro.

Signed-off-by: Roger Zanoni <roger.zanoni@openbossa.org>
2014-02-19 14:10:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94a3df500f P2P: Enable U-APSD support on GO automatically
Since P2P specification mandates P2P GO to support WMM-PS with legacy
STAs, enable this automatically if the driver indicates support for
U-APSD in AP mode. The "P2P_SET go_apsd 0" command can still be used to
disable this if needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-17 13:15:29 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
b3253ebb73 wpa_supplicant: Complete radio works on disable event
While testing rfkill blocking of a scanning interface, it
was seen that the ongoing scan never completes. This happens
since EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS is discarded on a disabled interface.

Fix this and also other possible radio work completion issues
by removing all the radio works (including started) of the
disabled interface.

To be able to remove already started radio works, make their
callbacks be reentrant with deinit flag (when the work
is started), so each radio work should be able to handle
its own termination.

Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2014-02-16 00:06:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2dff9e87b9 Remove unused NFC_RX_HANDOVER_REQ
The more generic NFC_REPORT_HANDOVER is now used to report completed NFC
connection handover operations in either role and NFC_RX_HANDOVER_REQ
did not have any implementation within wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-15 11:22:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7ae7a84eef NFC: Workaround nfcpy message debug exception
The current nfcpy version does not support new WSC connection handover
message format and the handover server fails to process the request due
to a debug print. As a temporary workaround, override
HandoverServer::_process_request() with a version that avoids pretty()
print of the handover messages. This can be removed once nfcpy has been
updated to support the new format.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-13 16:37:43 +02:00
Max Stepanov
cbf21c7cb5 P2P: Avoid compiler warning in p2p_supplicant.c
Initialize flag variable explicitly to avoid [-Wmaybeuninitialized]
compiler warning in wpas_p2p_verify_channel().

Signed-hostap: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2014-02-13 15:46:37 +02:00
Eytan Lifshitz
5e6aa04b09 wpa_supplicant: Fix memory leak in wfd_subelems error path
Memory allocated by calling function ieee802_11_vendor_ie_concat()
was not freed on an error path int ctrl_iface BSS command.

Signed-hostap: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
2014-02-13 15:41:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
88853aedf6 Fix CONFIG_WPS_NFC=y build without CONFIG_P2P=y
Some of the control interface operations for P2P were not properly
protected with #ifdef CONFIG_P2P.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-13 15:29:09 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
7ac7fd43aa Add bssid/freq hint for driver-based BSS selection
This uses the new nl80211 attributes to allow the connect command to
provide bssid and freq hints to the driver without limiting roaming to
the specific BSS/frequency. This can be used by drivers that perform
internal BSS selection (WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION) as a candidate
for initial association.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-02-13 15:14:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d6bfaaac69 NFC: Add summary and success file options for nfcpy scripts
These can be used to get updates on NFC operation status and success for
external programs.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-12 16:44:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
25cfc6f11e P2P NFC: Add p2p-nfc.py --handover-only option
p2p-nfc.py allowed an NFC Tag to be read and reported to wpa_supplicant
even in cases where it was explicitly asked to initiate negotiated
connection handover and return after completing this operation. The new
command line argument can be used to disable NFC Tag read operations
when a negotiated connection handover is expected.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-12 12:45:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7bea076458 P2P NFC: Clean up p2p-nfc.py error handling
If wpa_supplicant reports a failure when trying to generate a handover
request, detect that before trying to decode the response as a hex
string.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-11 19:33:43 +02:00
Mahesh A Saptasagar
062a7c0d67 Fix persistent P2P connection failure in case channel list changes
P2P persistent connection may fail due to 802.11d channel change event
invalidating support of the operating frequency sent in the invitation
request, before receiving the invitation response. If the operating
frequency is invalid at the time the invitation response is processed
and there is no forced frequency provided by user, allow frequency
re-selection.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-07 15:44:41 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
0547124d47 wpa_supplicant: Add DFS indicator to get_capability freq
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-02-06 16:13:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bab6677a31 Handle Wi-Fi Display commands more carefully if P2P is disabled
If P2P was disabled (e.g., due to driver not supporting it or through
p2p_disabled=1 configuration), setting Wi-Fi Display parameters could
result in segmentation fault when the WFD IE is updated without the P2P
module being initialized. Fix this by skipping the update if P2P module
is not in use. In addition, show Wi-Fi Display as disabled in "GET
wifi_display" and refuse to enable it with "SET wifi_display 1" if P2P
is not enabled.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-06 16:03:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94ff22ea08 Remove dead code from AP setup
wpa_supplicant_create_ap() is only called for AP mode, so there is no
point in trying to address station (infra/IBSS) modes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-04 13:23:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0b5ff2ae12 WPS: Remove unused Credential AP Channel processing
Commit bd3a373767 added a mechanism to use
AP Channel attribute from within a Credential attribute to optimize
scans. However, this design is not actually used with the WPS NFC use
cases. With configuration token, the AP Channel attribute is in the same
container with the Credential attribute (and that was also handled in
the previous implementation). With connection handover, AP Channel
information is outside the Credential attribute as well.

Simplify implementation by removing the AP Channel within Credential
case. This allows wpas_wps_use_cred() to get the AP Channel from the
container instead of having to find this during credential iteration.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-04 13:23:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
44f967c729 Update ChangeLog files to match current implementation
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-02-04 13:23:35 +02:00
Prashanth Kumar
1b56d398a7 wpa_supplicant: Fix misplaced os_free
os_free has wfd_dev_info_hex as an argument which is defined within
CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG

Signed-hostap: Prashanth Kumar <prashanthkumar.kr@globaledgesoft.com>
2014-02-03 19:35:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d950477913 Fix authentication algorithm negotiation in SME code
Commit 6ac4b15ef8 (wpa_radio work for
connection) caused a regression for cases where multiple auth_alg values
are set in a network block and wpa_supplicant-based SME is supposed to
iterate through them. The connection radio work was not terminated when
receiving authentication failure and this resulted in the following
authentication attempt failing.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-02-03 19:34:33 +02:00
Eytan Lifshitz
04c366cb1d Fix memory leaks and wrong memory access
1. In wpa_config_process_bgscan() fix memory leak after
   calling wpa_config_parse_string()
2. In hostapd_config_defaults(), on failure to allocate bss->radius,
   conf->bss was not freed.
3. In p2p_deauth_nofif(), memory allocated in p2p_parse_ies() was not
   freed in case of NULL minor_reason_code.
4. In p2p_disassoc_nofif(), memory allocated in p2p_parse_ies() was
   not freed in case of NULL minor_reason_code.
5. In p2p_process_go_neg_conf(), memory allocated was not freed in
   case that the P2P Device interface was not waiting for a
   GO Negotiation Confirm.
6. In wpa_set_pkcs11_engine_and_module_path(), the wrong pointer was
   checked.

Signed-hostap: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
2014-01-30 14:01:31 +02:00
Eytan Lifshitz
fd67275b85 wpa_supplicant: Fix wrong size memory allocation
Fix memory allocation in wpa_scan_clone_params(), where the
allocation request used the size of a pointer rather than the
size of the structure.

Signed-hostap: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
2014-01-30 13:59:29 +02:00
Naresh Jayaram
4701f379f0 wpa_cli: Add tdls_external_control to tab completion for SET
This global configuration parameter was added in commit
800d58721c but the tab completion list for
the wpa_cli SET command in interactive mode was not updated.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-30 13:10:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2e98839243 P2P: Disable DNS server from dnsmasq
This avoids issues with multiple instances of dnsmasq running, e.g.,
with one on eth0 and the other one for the P2P group.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c07f2615a0 P2P NFC: Add script for connection handover with nfcpy
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
12288d848c WPS NFC: Protect nfcpy pretty print calls against exceptions
nfcpy does not yet support all the new message formats, so some of the
pretty() calls can result in exceptions.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c209dd1108 WPS NFC: nfcpy script to use new connection handover design
Fetch a carrier record from wpa_supplicant instead of full handover
request. This makes it easier for external programs to build handover
request messages with multiple alternative carriers.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6202500f6f WPS NFC: Logging level configuration to wps-nfc.py and wps-ap-nfc.py
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f1b5b31d7 WPS NFC: Clean up nfcpy script no-wait operations
This allows the scripts to terminate at proper point with --no-wait.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
79ede5a7e6 WPS NFC: Validate ctrl_iface response before decoding it
If the operation fails for any reason ("FAIL" response), it is cleaner
to return error clearly instead of hitting an exception in the hex
decoder.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ab1db08c05 WPS NFC: Use argparse in the nfcpy scripts
This cleans up command line parsing and simplifies the commands.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6f8fa6e552 WPS NFC: Update wps-nfc.py and wps-ap-nfc.py to use new nfcpy API
This moves many of the peer discovery operations into the core nfcpy.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 22:08:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b56f6c8869 P2P NFC: Add support for freq option in NFC ctrl_iface commands
This can be used to force an operating channel for P2P group formation
triggered by NFC operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
91a65018d8 WPS NFC: Use BSSID and AP Channel from handover select
These optional attributes, if present, can be used to speed up the
initial connection by using a single channel scan.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
91226e0d12 WPS: Add testing option to corrupt public key hash
If CONFIG_WPS_TESTING=y is enabled in build configuration, the new
wps_corrupt_pkhash parameter (similar to wps_testing_dummy_cred) can be
used to request public key hash to be corrupted in all generated OOB
Device Password attributes. This can be used for testing purposes to
validate public key hash validation steps.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
73127764fe WPS NFC: add more debug prints for connection handover report
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5cd4f66095 WPS NFC: Use AP Channel information from credential container
This allows NFC Configuration Token to indicate the current AP operating
channel, so that a single channel scan can be used to speed up the
initial connection.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5cd4740580 P2P NFC: WPA state machine config with driver-based BSS selection
wpa_s->current_bss was updated too late for the
wpa_supplicant_rsn_supp_set_config() call within
wpa_supplicant_select_config(). Re-order code so that current_bss gets
updated between current_ssid update and this call to set the WPA state
machine configuration, so that the new code that determines whether the
current GO support the new IP address assignment mechanism works.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8e9f53c367 P2P NFC: Static handover with NFC Tag on client
This adds a new P2P Invitation mechanism to invite a P2P Device with an
NFC Tag to an already operating group when the GO with NFC Device reads
the NFC Tag. The P2P Device with the NFC Tag will then accept invitation
and connect to the group automatically using its OOB Device Password.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd87677115 P2P NFC: Enable own NFC Tag on GO Registrar
When "P2P_SET nfc_tag 1" is used to enable the own NFC Tag for P2P, also
enable it for any running GO interface.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
abe44e3ca2 P2P NFC: Add GO info into handover message when in client role
P2P Group ID can optionally be included in the connection handover
messages when acting as a P2P Client in a group. Add this information
and show it in the P2P-NFC-PEER-CLIENT event message.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
23318bea94 P2P NFC: Optimize join-a-group operation based on NFC information
When the NFC connection handover message received from a peer indicates
that the peer is operating as a GO on a specific channel, use that
information to avoid having to go through full scan. In addition, skip
the separate join-a-group scan since we already know the operating
channel, GO P2P Device Address, and SSID.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
86e320819c P2P NFC: Copy DH parameters to a separate group interface
The DH public and private key needs to be copied for the separate group
interface if that is used for a P2P group.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d4b4d7fe3c WPS NFC: Update DH keys for ER operations
Since wpa_s->conf->wps_nfc_dh_* parameters can be set in number of code
paths, update the wps_context copy of the DH keys even if no new keys
were generated for the request. This tries to avoid some cases where
public key hash may not have matched the public key used in the ER
operation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
59b45d1afe P2P NFC: Add processing of P2P client while NFC handover case
Instead of automatically triggering a connection, provide an indication
of one of the devices being a P2P client to upper layers to allow user
to determine what to do next.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
74df9ecd4a P2P NFC: Do not try to join peer if both devices are already GO
Send a P2P-NFC-BOTH-GO event to upper layers to determine what to
do in case both devices going through NFC connection handover are
already operating as a GO.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
201b0f5fa6 P2P: Add test option to disable IP address assignment request
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
25ef8529c1 P2P: Add support for IP address assignment in 4-way handshake
This new mechanism allows P2P Client to request an IPv4 address from the
GO as part of the 4-way handshake to avoid use of DHCP exchange after
4-way handshake. If the new mechanism is used, the assigned IP address
is shown in the P2P-GROUP-STARTED event on the client side with
following new parameters: ip_addr, ip_mask, go_ip_addr. The assigned IP
address is included in the AP-STA-CONNECTED event on the GO side as a
new ip_addr parameter. The IP address is valid for the duration of the
association.

The IP address pool for this new mechanism is configured as global
wpa_supplicant configuration file parameters ip_addr_go, ip_addr_mask,
ip_addr_star, ip_addr_end. For example:

ip_addr_go=192.168.42.1
ip_addr_mask=255.255.255.0
ip_addr_start=192.168.42.2
ip_addr_end=192.168.42.100

DHCP mechanism is expected to be enabled at the same time to support P2P
Devices that do not use the new mechanism. The easiest way of managing
the IP addresses is by splitting the IP address range into two parts and
assign a separate range for wpa_supplicant and DHCP server.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:44:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c4f87a701b P2P NFC: Add NFC tag enabling for static handover
The device with the NFC Tag can be configured to enable NFC to be used
with "P2P_SET nfc_tag 1" and "P2P_LISTEN" commands to allow static
handover to be used.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd37a93884 P2P NFC: Report handover select from tag for static handover
WPS_NFC_TAG_READ can be used to report static connection handover where
the connection handover select message was read from an NFC tag.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
db6ae69e6b P2P NFC: Report connection handover as trigger for P2P
"NFC_REPORT_HANDOVER {INIT,RESP} P2P <req> <sel>" can now be used to
report completed NFC negotiated connection handover in which the P2P
alternative carrier was selected.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9358878055 P2P NFC: Build connection handover messages
"NFC_GET_HANDOVER_{REQ,SEL} NDEF P2P-CR" can now be used to build P2P
alternative carrier record for NFC connection handover request/select
messages.

Static connection handover case can be enabled by configuring the DH
parameters (either with wps_nfc_* configuration parameters or with
WPS_NFC_TOKEN command at run time. The NFC Tag contents can be generated
with "NFC_GET_HANDOVER_SEL NDEF P2P-CR-TAG" after having configured
Listen channel (p2p_listen_reg_class/p2p_listen_channel).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ab9e34426f P2P NFC: Pass OOB Device Password ID to P2P
GO Negotiation needs to know which OOB Device Password ID is assigned
for the peer when NFC is used as the trigger.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
50d1f8901c NFC: Update WPS ER to use the new connection handover design
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d95079361b WPS NFC: Add support for wpa_supplicant AP/GO mode to use handover
New functionality is needed for this with the update NFC connection
handover design that depends on the AP side using the public key hash
from the handover request.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fa4c2988ae WPS NFC: Process new style handover select
The new WPS connection handover select includes Registrar public key
hash instead of credential. Use the new information to start
abbreviated WPS handshake instead of configuring a new network directly
from the old Credential-from-NFC design.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
41f9ffb635 WPS NFC: Build new style carrier record for connection handover request
It is more useful to be able to build a single NFC carrier record
instead of the full connection handover request message to allow
external components to decide whether to negotiate which alternative
carrier is used. This updates the carrier record contents to the new
design to include Enrollee public key hash and provides this as a
carrier record instead of full message. An external program is expected
to be used to build the full NFC connection handover message with
potentially other alternative carrier records included.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
57630e658b WPS: Preparations for allowing SSID filtering for provisioning step
If the SSID of the WPS AP is known, it should be possible to limit AP
selection based on this when searching for an active WPS AP. This commit
adds a mechanism to specify SSID for this type of uses.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f4545573f WPS NFC: Validate peer public key hash on Enrollee
Since the Enrollee can now get the public key hash from the Registrar,
there is need to validate this during the WPS protocol run.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea43ad960b P2P: Make group operating channel available
Provide local GO channel to the P2P module so that it can be used in
messages that indicate the current operating channel.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 21:10:55 +02:00
Arif Hussain
253f2e3795 P2P: Apply unsafe frequency rules to available channels
This adds a QCA vendor specific nl80211 event to allow the driver to
indicate a list of frequency ranges that should be avoided due to
interference or possible known co-existance constraints. Such
frequencies are marked as not allowed for P2P use to force groups to be
formed on different channels.

If a P2P GO is operating on a channel that the driver recommended not to
use, a notification about this is sent on the control interface and
upper layer code may decide to tear down the group and optionally
restart it on another channel. As a TODO item, this could also be changed
to use CSA to avoid removing the group.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-27 11:49:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8615bdfac9 Increase global ctrl_iface buffer to same size as per-interface
Since the global ctrl_iface can be used with IFNAME= prefix to send
commands to be processed by per-interface code, it should have the same
(well, close to same since the prefix takes some space) limits on
command length as the per-interface ctrl_iface. Increase the buffer from
256 to 4096 to achieve this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-23 16:57:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c5a64e2d51 GAS client: Use Protected Dual of Public Action frames with PMF
When GAS is used with PMF negotiated, Protected Dual of Public Action
frames are expected to be used instead of Public Action frames, i.e.,
the GAS/ANQP frames are expected to be encrypted. Conver Public Action
GAS queries to use Dual of Public Action frame if PMF has been
negotiated with the AP to which the frame is being sent.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-23 11:50:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5ce00d09c0 GAS server: Add support for Protected Dual of Public Action frames
When GAS is used with PMF negotiated, Protected Dual of Public Action
frames are expected to be used instead of Public Action frames, i.e.,
the GAS/ANQP frames are expected to be encrypted. Add support for this
different category of Action frames being used for GAS. The payload
after the Category field is identical, so the only change is in using
the Category field based on what was received in the request frames. For
backwards compatibility, do not enforce protected dual to be used on the
AP side, i.e., follow what the station does.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-23 11:19:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ea6e040c30 Clear more configuration parameters to default on FLUSH
This makes it more convenient for test scripts to change parameters for
a specific test case without having to separately clear them between
each test case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-23 10:21:49 +02:00
Raja Mani
cf70d2981d wpa_supplicant: Schedule PNO on completion of ongoing sched_scan
When start PNO request comes from control interface, wpa_supplicant
should wait until ongoing sched_scan (triggered by wpa_supplicant)
gets cancelled. Issuing cancel sched_scan and start PNO scan
one after another from pno_start() would lead wpa_supplicant to clear
wps->sched_scanning flag while getting sched_scan stopped event
from driver for cancel sched_scan request. In fact, PNO scan will
be in progress in driver and wpa_s->sched_scanning will not be set
in such cases.

In addition to this change, RSSI threshold limit is passed as part of
start sched_scan request. This was previously set only in pno_start(),
but the same parameter should be available for generic sched_scan calls
as well and this can now be reached through the new PNO start sequence.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-22 19:41:45 +02:00
Max Stepanov
a6cff8bfa8 wpa_supplicant: Fix seg fault in wpas_ctrl_radio_work_flush() in error case
Verify wpa_s->radio pointer before accessing it. If interface addition
fails, this could get called before wpa_s->radio has been set.

The segmentation fault details:

Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault.
0x00000000004b9591 in wpas_ctrl_radio_work_flush (wpa_s=0x77fff0) at ctrl_iface.c:5754
5754		dl_list_for_each_safe(work, tmp, &wpa_s->radio->work,

Call stack:
0  wpas_ctrl_radio_work_flush (wpa_s=0x77fff0) at ctrl_iface.c:5754
1  wpa_supplicant_deinit_iface (wpa_s=0x77fff0, notify=0, terminate=0) at wpa_supplicant.c:3619
2  wpa_supplicant_add_iface (global=0x75db10, iface=0x7fffffffe270) at wpa_supplicant.c:3691
3  wpas_p2p_add_p2pdev_interface (wpa_s=0x75dd20) at p2p_supplicant.c:3700
4  main (argc=<optimized out>, argv=<optimized out>) at main.c:317

Function:
5750	void wpas_ctrl_radio_work_flush(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
5751	{
5752		struct wpa_radio_work *work, *tmp;
5753
5754		dl_list_for_each_safe(work, tmp, &wpa_s->radio->work,
5755				      struct wpa_radio_work, list) {
5756			struct wpa_external_work *ework;
5757
5758			if (os_strncmp(work->type, "ext:", 4) != 0)

Root cause:
(gdb) p wpa_s->radio
$1 = (struct wpa_radio *) 0x0

Signed-hostap: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com>
2014-01-22 19:25:22 +02:00
David Spinadel
f62a3c2fce P2P: Clone dtim_period to a new interface
Cloning dtim_period is needed for P2P GO.

Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2014-01-22 19:24:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
88a0bcab6b Update copyright years in the manpages
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-21 16:33:25 +02:00
Dan Winship
32185f541c Sync manpages and command-line options
Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2014-01-21 16:31:50 +02:00
Dan Williams
b948e78b46 Add manpage for eapol_test
Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2014-01-21 16:30:46 +02:00
Dan Williams
36bd29ee5e wpa_supplicant: Fix usage text based on build options
Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2014-01-21 16:28:31 +02:00
Raja Mani
dd271857a5 Skip normal scan when PNO is already in progress
Scan request failures are observed in wpa_supplicant debug log when
Android framework starts PNO scan in driver via ctrl interface command
'set pno 1' and wpa_supplicant also tries to issue a scan request after
PNO has started in the driver.

Some drivers may reject a normal scan request when PNO is already in
progress. wpa_supplicant should consider PNO status before issuing start
scan request to the driver. Otherwise, wpa_supplicant will get failures
from driver for the scan request and it will end up rescheduling scan
request in periodic interval and get a start scan request failure for
each attempt.

In order to avoid unnecessary scan attempt when PNO scan is already
running, PNO status is checked before issuing scan request to driver.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-21 16:19:49 +02:00
Rashmi Ramanna
a2d6365760 P2P: Extend the listen time based on the active concurrent session
A P2P Device while in the Listen state waiting to respond for the
obtained group negotiation request shall give a fair chance for other
concurrent sessions to use the shared radio by inducing an idle time
between the successive listen states. However, if there are no
concurrent operations, this idle time can be reduced.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-20 22:55:09 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
443427e4ed P2P: Add missing direct global ctrl_iface commands for P2P
It should be noted that these commands are not exclusively used for P2P
or in the global context, so use of these commands through the global
control interface for operations that are specific to a single interface
have undefined behavior and that behavior may change in the future. As
such, these are recommend only for operations that are in the global
context (e.g., for P2P management).

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2014-01-17 11:58:36 +02:00
Jithu Jance
37b4198af4 P2P: Use GO's operating channel to optimize scan during join
Use P2P GO's operating channel information, if known, to do a single
channel scan during the join operation.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2014-01-17 11:57:07 +02:00
Arend van Spriel
a0e9d89203 Use minimal scan delay upon EVENT_INTERFACE_ADDED
This patch resets the static interface_count to zero in case of
wpa_supplicant_driver_init() call for wpa_s which is in
INTERFACE_DISABLED state. This interface_count is used for the delay of
the scan which is now minimal for dynamically added interfaces. This may
collide with a scan for another interface, but the same is true for any
chosen delay in this scenario. Also the state change to DISCONNECTED is
moved to wpa_supplicant_driver_init() so it will move from
INTERFACE_DISABLED to INACTIVE when there are no enabled networks.

Tested-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2014-01-17 11:50:31 +02:00
Arend van Spriel
5ddd07cb37 Reset normal_scans counter upon entering INTERFACE_DISABLED state
Depending on the implementation, the scheduled scan may not give results
quickly when in DISCONNECTED state. This patch resets
wpa_s::normal_scans upon entering to the INTERFACE_DISABLED state so a
normal scan is assured upon going to DISCONNECTED state after the
interface has been re-enabled. This mainly solves a long reconnect time
observed upon repeated kernel driver reloads, i.e., third reload
resulted in a scheduled scan.

Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2014-01-17 11:48:17 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
3ed97271ba TDLS: Pass peer's Supported channel and oper class info during sta_add
The information of the peer's supported channel and operating class
is required for the driver to do TDLS off channel operations with a
compatible peer. Pass this information to the driver when the peer
station is getting added.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-14 17:24:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c48414af8f P2P: Limit join-a-group scans based on SSID from invitation
If we already know the SSID of the P2P group we are trying to join, use
that SSID to limit scan responses and BSS selection since we do not
really look for any other network in this case. In addition, this can
fix cases where the peer has just changed its SSID (e.g., started a new
group) and there may be multiple BSS entries for the same BSSID.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2014-01-13 21:39:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
78f0c933e0 Flush secondary device types on FLUSH command
This makes it possible to clear previously configured secondary device
types.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-08 22:27:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2b384109f2 P2P: Allow requested device type to be specified with p2p_find
This allows filtering of P2P peers that reply to the device discovery
Probe Request frames.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-08 20:01:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d9bb2821e7 Clear configuration blobs on FLUSH command
All te network blocks and credentials were already cleared, but
configurations blobs should also be cleared here, e.g., to get
more consistent behavior test cases using EAP-FAST PACs.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-08 16:42:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c60ba9f7ab Skip network disabling on expected EAP failure
Some EAP methods can go through a step that is expected to fail and as
such, should not trigger temporary network disabling when processing
EAP-Failure or deauthentication. EAP-WSC for WPS was already handled as
a special case, but similar behavior is needed for EAP-FAST with
unauthenticated provisioning.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-08 16:42:15 +02:00
Ben Greear
3043b4f455 nl80211: Document how to configure for libnl 2.0 and 3.2
Reported-by: Xose Vazquez Perez <xose.vazquez@gmail.com>

Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2014-01-07 15:35:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
95fb2db242 P2P: Reject group formation on WPS provisioning failure
There is no need to wait for the 15 second group formation timeout to
clear the state if WPS failure is detected during P2P group formation.
Allow the WPS exchange steps (WSC_NACK and EAP-Failure) to be completed
and remove the group to get rid of the extra wait.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6fc61e180e Fix TX status processing during AP mode shutdown in wpa_supplicant
A TX status event could be received after the AP interface has already
been deinitialized. This needs to check for NULL pointer before trying
to indicate the event to AP functions.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b6a9590b34 Interworking: Keep up to two pending GAS_REQUEST responses
Previously, only the last response data was kept in memory. This
increases that to hold up to two last responses to allow some more
parallel operations to be requested. In addition, the response data is
now freed as soon as the external program has fetched it.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
090b8e3d14 Update copyright notices for the new year 2014
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
356d1488c4 Interworking: Add optional freq argument to INTERWORKING_SELECT
This can be used to limit which channels are scanned using the specified
list of frequency ranges in the same format that the SCAN command uses.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a09ffd5f2f Fix req_scan-deplete-timeout and update eloop API for this
Commit e2f5a9889a was supposed to prevent
new scan request from pushing out the old one. However, it did not
really do that since eloop_deplete_timeout() returned 0 both for the
case where the old timeout existed (and was sooner) and if the old
timeout did not exist. It returned 1 only for the case where an old
timeout did exist and was larger than the new requested value. That case
used to result in wpa_supplicant_req_scan() rescheduling the timeout,
but hew code in eloop_deplete_timeout() did the exact same thing and as
such, did not really change anything apart from the debug log message.

Extend the eloop_deplete_timeout() (and eloop_replenish_timeout() for
that matter since it is very similar) to return three different values
based on whether the timeout existed or not and if yes, whether it was
modified. This allows wpa_supplicant_req_scan() to schedule a new
timeout only in the case there was no old timeout.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
083916c022 P2P: Clear p2p_disabled and p2p_per_sta_psk on FLUSH command
The control interface FLUSH command now includes clearing of
"P2P_SET disabled 1" and "P2P_SET per_sta_psk 1".

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3f45fc403f P2P: Clear services on FLUSH command
The control interface FLUSH command now includes the step executed by
the P2P_SERVICE_FLUSH command.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f965e622a Allow external programs to request wpa_radio work items
The new control interface command RADIO_WORK can be used by external
programs to request radio allocation slots from wpa_supplicant if
exclusive radio control is needed, e.g., for offchannel operations. If
such operations are done directly to the driver, wpa_supplicant may not
have enough information to avoid conflicting operations. This new
command can be used to provide enough information and radio scheduling
to avoid issues with such cases.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6428d0a71f Do not start wpa_radio work during externally triggered scan
If an external program triggers a scan, wpa_supplicant does not have a
wpa_radio work item for this operation to protect against other
offchannel operations. This can result in operations failing, so try to
avoid damage by not starting any new wpa_radio work items during a scan
that was started by another process.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6470f471e4 Remove unneeded scan delay on connection-in-progress
This type of protection against concurrent connection and scan
operations is now enforced through the wpa_radio work mechanism, so this
separate protection mechanism is not needed anymore.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4bb232153f Remove unneeded GAS query delay on connection-in-progress
This type of protection against concurrent connection and offchannel GAS
operations is now enforced through the wpa_radio work mechanism, so this
separate protection mechanism is not needed anymore.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6ac4b15ef8 Use wpa_radio work for connection
This protects against conflicting offchannel operations during
connection (authentication, association, EAP exchanges, 4-way
handshake).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b9e6d7001d Use radio work for GAS requests
Avoid concurrent GAS operations with any other exclusive use of the
radio by using the radio work queuing mechanism. This replaces some of
the earlier constraints on concurrent operations with the more generic
wpa_radio work concept.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e05e130837 P2P: Use radio work to protect offchannel Action frame exchanges
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 10:45:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e1d1c8e223 Use radio work for P2P Listen requests
Avoid concurrent P2P Listen operations with any other exclusive use of
the radio by using the radio work queuing mechanism. This removes some
of the earlier workarounds that postponed scans depending on other
operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-07 09:45:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1b5d4714dd Use radio work for P2P scan requests
Avoid concurrent P2P scan requests with any other exclusive use of the
radio by using the radio work queuing mechanism. This removes some of
the earlier workarounds that postponed scans depending on other
operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:39:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d12a51b5d2 Use radio work for scan requests
Avoid concurrent scan requests by using the radio work queuing
mechanism.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:37:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b1ae396f59 Add framework for exclusive radio operations
The new radio work item concept can be used to request time for an
operation that requires exclusive radio control, e.g., a scan. Once the
radio is available, the registered callback function will be called.
radio_work_done() must be called once the exclusive radio operation has
been completed, so that the radio is freed for other operations. The
special case of deinit=1 is used to free the context data during
interface removal. That does not allow the callback function to start
the radio operation, i.e., it needs to free the allocated resources
and return.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:37:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dd43aaa509 Add helper functions for cloning and freeing scan parameters
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:35:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
06f9acce18 Ignore externally triggered scan results with scan_res_handler
wpa_s->scan_res_handler is set only for cases where a scan operation is
requested for a specific purpose. As such, this callback should only be
called when a scan result from a scan that was triggered by
wpa_supplicant is processed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:34:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c9b5559737 Clean up ctrl_iface debug prints for monitor events
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:34:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d31b5ac778 Use cleaner debug print for ctrl_iface commands with private info
Convert this to a text string instead of ASCII hexdump to make the
debug log more convenient to use.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:33:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9595151f3f Remove duplicated RX ctrl_iface hexdump
The newer wpa_dbg() print includes the same information in a more
convenient form, so remove the duplicate RX ctrl_iface hexdump in the
cases where there is no key material in the control interface commands
(the possible-key-material case is still using wpa_hexdump_ascii_key).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-05 22:33:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9b850799c1 Fix scan-cache-clearing operation to avoid unnecessary cases
wpa_drv_scan() success case was supposed to clear
wpa_s->clear_driver_scan_cache, not params->only_new_results (which
would do nothing here).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-03 08:55:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2f30cac36f Avoid unnecessary key clearing operations
Track set_key operations per-key index and clear keys on disconnection
only if the key was set (or may have been set which is the case for the
first operation after wpa_supplicant start).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-02 23:49:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
949938aadf Ask driver to report only new scan results if requested
If the BSS table within wpa_supplicant is flushed, request the driver to
flush its own scan result table during the next scan. This can avoid
unexpected old BSS entries showing up after BSS_FLUSH or FLUSH command
in cases where the driver may maintain its internal cache of scan
results (e.g., cfg80211 BSS table persists at least for 15 seconds).

In addition to doing this automatically on BSS_FLUSH/FLUSH, a new SCAN
command argument, only_new=1, can be used to request a manual scan
request to do same. Though, it should be noted that this maintains the
BSS table within wpa_supplicant. BSS_FLUSH followed by SCAN command can
be used to clear all BSS entries from both the driver and
wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-02 23:03:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
101bdc2e8c Remove forgotten notes about already removed driver wrappers
These old driver wrappers have been removed quite some time ago, but
some of the build configuration notes were still describing how they
are configured.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-02 10:23:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
70067530b6 Update EAP-FAST note regarding OpenSSL support
This is now supported in the current OpenSSL version.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-02 10:13:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5890fa81d8 WPS: Fix clear-from-timeout handling to avoid race condition
The 100 ms timeout to clear WPS state after EAP-Failure has been
received worked otherwise fine, but it opened a race condition on
another WPS operation starting within that wait. If that happens, the
timeout will cancel that new operation unexpectedly. Fix this by
cancelling the timeout from wpas_clear_wps().

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-01 22:00:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c64e3a08a9 P2P: Send received Presence Response information to ctrl_iface monitors
The P2P_PRESENCE_REQ command did not give any easily available
indication of the response received from the GO. Make this more useful
by providing such response (if received) as a ctrl_iface monitor event
(P2P-PRESENCE-RESPONSE).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2014-01-01 18:44:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c5838683a8 Mark wpas_wps_er_nfc_handover_sel() static
This is not used outside wps_supplicant.c.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 19:37:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0187c41d88 Declare wpa_debug_* variables in src/utils/wpa_debug.h
These were somewhat more hidden to avoid direct use, but there are now
numerous places where these are needed and more justification to make
the extern int declarations available from wpa_debug.h. In addition,
this avoids some warnings from sparse.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 19:29:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fcc61230d1 Declare wpa_drivers in src/drivers/driver.h
This avoids some warnings from sparse.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 19:19:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d79b50ae7 Clear EAPOL Logoff state on FLUSH command
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 19:03:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4848a38d85 Get rid of duplicated cipher suite and AKM definitions
WPA_CIPHER_* and CIPHER_* are used for the exact same set of cipher
suites with the main difference being that the WPA_CIPHER_* version is
suitable to be used as a bitfield. Similarly, WPA_KEY_MGMT_* and
KEY_MGMT_* have similar design for AKMs. There is no need to maintain
two separate copies of the definitions since the bitfield compatible
version can be used for both needs. Get rid of the CIPHER_* and
KEY_MGMT_* versions to clean up the implementation by getting rid of
unnecessary mapping functions.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-31 09:16:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ef93abded7 WPS: Clean up UUID debug print
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-30 23:35:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
03ed332407 Interworking: Allow cred blocks not to be saved to a file
The new cred block parameter 'temporary' can be used to indicate that a
cred block is not to be saved to wpa_supplicant configuration file
(e.g., "SET_CRED 0 temporary 1"). This is similar to the concept of
temporary network blocks and allows cred blocks to be managed outside
the wpa_supplicant config file when other parameters are still saved to
the file written by wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-30 15:43:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
04f7ecc686 Reset WPA parameters to default values on FLUSH command
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 19:25:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
152cff6ba6 P2P: Remove WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT option
The option of handling upper layer P2P management operations within the
driver/firmware was originally planned to be used with wpa_supplicant,
but this has not really happened and there is no clear sign of this
being needed in the near term either. This functionality has not been
completed and it is certainly not being kept up-to-date or tested. As
such, it is best to remove it for now and if this or something similar
is needed in the future, it can be brought back once a clear need for it
has been demonstrated first.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 18:20:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
538d6f4b54 WPS: Use shorter scan interval during pre-provisioning search
Previously, the shorter scan interval was already in use for the
connection following the provisioning step, but same optimization can
also be used for the pre-provisioning scan.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 18:02:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3187fd900d WPS: Replace wpas_wps_in_progress with identical wpas_wps_searching
There is no point in maintaining two different functions that do
practically the same check of WPS state.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 17:59:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dbfb8e82ff Remove unnecessary EVENT_RX_ACTION
This driver event was used separately for some Action frames, but all
the driver wrappers converted to this from information that would have
been enough to indicate an EVENT_RX_MGMT event. In addition, the
received event was then converted back to a full IEEE 802.11 management
frame for processing in most cases. This is unnecessary complexity, so
get rid of the extra path and use EVENT_RX_MGMT for Action frames as
well as other management frame subtypes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 17:18:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8aaafcee9e Make local UUID available through ctrl_iface STATUS command
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 10:00:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7b02375a41 Clear wps_fragment_size on FLUSH command
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-29 10:00:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
db76aa64f1 Fix PeerKey 4-way handshake
The earlier changes to buffer EAPOL frames when not associated to avoid
race conditions (especially commit
3ab35a6603 but maybe something even before
that) broke PeerKey 4-way handshake. Fix this by using a separate check
before the race condition workaround to process PeerKey 4-way handshake
EAPOL-Key messages differently.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-28 16:32:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2cd0f6a429 WNM: Add Target BSSID into BSS Transition Management Response
P802.11-REVmc clarifies that the Target BSSID field is always present
hen status code is zero, so match that requirement.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-27 18:11:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a8a6a35fd6 WNM: Use nonzero dialog token in BSS Transition Management Query
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-27 18:11:07 +02:00
Sudha Daram
3c1060ff8f WNM: Add debug logs to get the RSSI from the scan results
This commit adds few more debug prints to log the RSSI information from
the scanned BSSIDs and the current connected BSSID when comparing
neighbor results during WNM Transition Management Request processing.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-26 22:26:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c511b321f3 WPS: Remove old duplicate network even if key is different
Previously, WPS credential provisioning removed duplicated network
entries only if they had identicical SSID, security parameters, and the
keys. However, it is possible that the AP has changes its keys and
leaving the old entry behind can result in connectibity issues (e.g.,
with 4-way handshake failing due to use of the old PSK). Fix this by
allowing the old network entry to be removed even if the keys
(passphrase, PSK, WEP keys) are different.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-26 20:50:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9d2cb3ec94 Make CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y enable all testing options
This makes it easier to enable various testing parameters and
functionality in build configuration.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-26 20:50:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
662b40b16b WPS: Reduce scan wait time during WPS processing
Since the AP is expected to be available, there is no need to wait for
the full five second wait between scans during WPS connection. This
speeds up cases where the first scan misses the AP for some reason.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-26 20:50:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
015af91fea Do not use results from externally requested scan for network selection
It may not always be desirable to trigger reassociation or network
change based on scan results from externally to wpa_supplicant trigger
scan operations. Skip network selection and roaming determination if the
received scan result is known to be triggered by something external to
wpa_supplicant. The control interface SCAN command can be used to
request wpa_supplicant to determine the best network.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 20:50:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1cd93ff743 Reschedule own scan request if an externally started one is in progress
This avoids some unnecessary attempts to request the driver to start a
scan while it is still busy with the scan operation that was started by
an external program.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 18:48:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
dc3906cb2d Show timing information about scan requests in debug log
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 18:48:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d81c73be18 Optional scan id for ctrl_iface SCAN requests
This allows users of wpa_supplicant control interface to figure out when
their specific scan command has been started and completed. For example:

CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-STARTED
> scan freq=2412,2417 passive=1 use_id=1
3
CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-RESULTS
CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-STARTED id=3
CTRL-EVENT-SCAN-RESULTS id=3

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 18:48:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a5f40eff18 Track whether scan was started by us or an external program
This can be used to improve scan behavior in cases external programs
request scans directly from the driver.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 18:27:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
88c2d48860 Allow passive scan to be requested with SCAN passive=1
This allows external programs to request wpa_supplicant to execute
a passive scan (i.e., do not send any Probe Request frames).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 18:27:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
69278f7328 Remove unused last_scan_full
This parameter was not really used for anything else apart from a debug
message in the same function that set it. In addition, cfg80211 returns
the set of scanned frequencies even for the full scan, so the code that
was setting this conditionally on frequency list not being there was not
really ever entered either.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 18:27:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f5d2dd3d7 Interworking: Allow EAP-FAST to be used
This behaves like PEAP as far as Interworking network selection is
concerned.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 16:55:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6ffa1687ee Add GAS-QUERY-START and GAS-QUERY-DONE event messages
External programs can use these new control interface events to better
track progress of GAS operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 16:55:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fee5234284 Allow channel list to be specified for SCAN command
The new freq=<frequency ranges> parameter to the SCAN command can be
used to request a scan to be performed on the specified set of channels
instead of on all channels. For example, "wpa_cli scan
freq=2400-2500,5180" would scan channels 1-14 and 36. Only the channels
that the driver indicates as enabled and that are within the specified
ranges are included in the request.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 16:55:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
98eda9c26d Move int_array helpfer functions to utils/common.c
These can be useful outside scan.c, so make them available.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 13:37:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a4cfb48694 Add make lcov-html to generate code coverage report
In addition, update build rules to compile object files in the same
directory as the source code file if CONFIG_CODE_COVERAGE=y is set to
make lcov find the source code files.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-26 13:37:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4daa011be4 Clean up cipher capability prints
Use an array of ciphers and a loop instead of copy-pasted copies of the
same printing functionality for each cipher.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-25 10:44:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
30675c3416 Add definitions for new cipher suites from IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013
This adds initial parts for supporting the new GCMP-256, CCMP-256,
BIP-GMAC-128, BIP-GMAC-256, and BIP-CMAC-256 cipher suites.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-24 22:21:04 +02:00
Moshe Benji
ab41595f35 wpa_supplicant: Fix crash when terminating all interfaces
In wpa_supplicant_terminate_proc(), while iterating and
terminating interfaces, after an interface is terminated,
we can no longer access its memory as it is no longer valid
and causes a crash.

Fix this by saving the pointer to the next interface before freeing
the current one to avoid accessing an invalid memory location.

Signed-hostap: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
2013-12-24 08:29:28 +02:00
Johannes Berg
a12d34546a wpa_supplicant: Use monotonic time for last_scan check
This just serves to check if there was a scan within
the last 5 seconds, hence it should use monotonic time.
While at it, also use os_reltime_expired().

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 08:21:18 +02:00
Johannes Berg
51bffab117 WPS: Use monotonic time for AP connection attempt
This is only used for a debug message, but that message prints
the time since the last attempt, so it should use monotonic
time instead of wall clock.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 08:19:47 +02:00
Johannes Berg
6473e5c842 wpa_supplicant: Use relative time for TKIP Michael MIC failures
The MMIC failure code should use monotonic time to check
whether 60 seconds have elapsed or not. For type-safety,
use struct os_reltime for the timestamp variable, and
also convert to using os_reltime_expired().

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 08:18:47 +02:00
Johannes Berg
4e1eae1dff wpa_supplicant: Use monotonic time for temp-disabled networks
Temporarily disabled networks are disabled for a certain
duration, so the code should use monotonic time.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 08:01:59 +02:00
Johannes Berg
151ab808fa P2P: Use monotonic time for GO client waiting
GO activation can fail if the first client doesn't connect
within a certain time, but this should not be dependent on
wall time -- use monotonic time instead.

While at it, use os_reltime_expired().

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 08:00:03 +02:00
Johannes Berg
3326f19355 IBSS RSN: Use monotonic time for reinit detection
The reinit detection skips reinit when the time since the own
authentication frame TX is less than half a second, so it shouldn't
be affected by wall time and use monotonic time instead.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 07:58:21 +02:00
Johannes Berg
c2be937ce7 wpa_supplicant: Use monotonic time for EAPOL RX workaround
The EAPOL RX workaround checks that the events are less than 100 ms
apart, so only uses relative times and should use monotonic time.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 07:35:42 +02:00
Johannes Berg
e72a001b0f bgscan: Use monotonic time
The bgscan simple and learn algorithms should run regardless
of wall clock time jumps, so make them use monotonic time.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 07:34:43 +02:00
Johannes Berg
acb69cec6f wpa_supplicant: Use monotonic time for RX/BSS times
The BSS table, scan timeout, and related functionality should use
monotonic time since they care about relative values (age) only.
Unfortunately, these are all connected, so the patch can't be split
further. Another problem with this is that it changes the driver wrapper
API. Though, it seems only the test driver is using this.

Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 07:27:02 +02:00
Johannes Berg
46b8d4c004 wpa_supplicant: Use monotonic time for SA query timeout
The SA query timeout is just a regular timeout (currently
hard-coded to 1000 TU), so use monotonic time for it.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-24 07:17:25 +02:00
Eliad Peller
3e06180fe0 bgscan_learn: Start scanning from the first freq
bgscan_learn_get_probe_freq() starts from returning the second entry in
the supp_freqs arrays. Change its logic a bit to make it start from the
first entry.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2013-12-24 06:54:34 +02:00
Eyal Shapira
f4c73ae640 bgscan_learn: Fix initial interval
In case the initial signal level of the associated BSS was above the
given threshold, bgscan_learn module would begin using the
short_interval but never switch to the long_interval as there would be
no signal change event. Make the init code poll for the current signal
level and set scan_interval accordingly. This logic exists in
bgscan_simple but was missing in bgscan_learn.

Signed-hostap: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
2013-12-24 06:54:24 +02:00
Eliad Peller
7dab119380 bgscan_learn: Avoid redundant frequencies
Some hw modes (e.g., 11b and 11g) contain the same frequencies,
causing the supp_freqs array to be populated with redundant entries.

Check for the existence of the freq before adding it.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2013-12-24 06:49:26 +02:00
Eliad Peller
3727123269 bgscan: Stop bgscan only on disassociation
Stopping bgscan on any state other than COMPLETED results
in bgscan reset (stop + start) on every rekeying operation.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2013-12-24 06:48:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b2838baf6a Update IBSS documentation to include RSN option
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-12-23 20:21:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
429dd9aff1 Advertise QoS Map support based on driver capability
Do not assume the driver supports QoS Mapping, but instead, advertise
support for this only if CONFIG_INTERWORKING is defined and driver
indicates support for configuring QoS Map.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-23 11:05:20 +02:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
b154a24e83 Fix a never-ending loop with multiple radios in wpa_supplicant
Commit 202dec2a94 introduced a never
ending loop for a case where a single wpa_supplicant process is used
with multiple radios. Fix this by advancing the iface pointer properly
to the next interface in the loop until a NULL pointer is hit.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2013-12-14 21:16:05 -08:00
Janusz Dziedzic
8d1fdde7f0 nl80211/hostapd: Extend channel switch notify handling
Adds support for VHT by parsing bandwidth and center_freq{1,2}.

Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-12-07 20:50:15 -08:00
Jithu Jance
8567866d75 P2P: Handle frequency conflict in single channel concurrency case
Based on priority, remove the connection with least priority whenever
a frequency conflict is detected.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2013-12-07 18:55:58 -08:00
Dmitry Shmidt
b125c48fce P2P: Add wfd_dev_info= field for device found event
This field allows adds enough information into the P2P-DEVICE-FOUND
events to figure out if the peer supports Wi-Fi Display.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-12-07 17:57:55 -08:00
Naresh Jayaram
f7579502a6 eap_proxy: Extend Android.mk to support additional libraries
Allow addition static and shared libraries to be specified from the
eap_proxy_*.mk file for Android build. In addition use $(LOCAL_PATH) as
a prefix for that Android makefile part.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-12-07 16:54:24 -08:00
Jouni Malinen
0ad3b9c402 Use wpa_radio data for get_shared_radio_freqs()
This replaces the now unnecessary iteration of get_radio_name() calls.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 21:20:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1b544ffa74 Use wpa_radio data for wpas_wpa_is_in_progress()
This replaces the now unnecessary iteration of get_radio_name() calls.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 21:20:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5b81927d58 Use wpa_radio data for wpas_p2p_search_delay()
This replaces the now unnecessary iteration of get_radio_name() calls.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 21:20:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c67e7e2a23 Use wpa_radio data for channel list updates
This replaces the now unnecessary iteration of get_radio_name() calls.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 21:20:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f88f19b465 Use wpa_radio data for scan result updates
This replaces the now unnecessary iteration of get_radio_name() calls.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 21:20:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
202dec2a94 Add shared per-radio structure for wpa_supplicant
struct wpa_radio is used as a shared data structure between all struct
wpa_supplicant instances that share the same physical radio.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 21:20:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
73c00fd794 Move wpa_supplicant driver initialization into a helper function
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 19:36:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7feff06567 Add CONFIG_CODE_COVERAGE=y option for gcov
This can be used to measure code coverage from test scripts.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-24 19:16:12 +02:00
Ilan Peer
6f72577f29 P2P: Handle INTERFACE_DISABLED event on a P2P GO interface
An INTERFACE_DISABLED event received on an interface that is
currently operating a P2P GO means that the group session ended.
In such a case, if the interface was dynamically added remove it, and
if not, remove all the network blocks that are temporary, assuming
that if needed a new session will be started by an external entity.

The use case was triggering rfkill (both SW and HW). This case popped up
as part of a testing cycle, where after a toggle in the rfkill state,
the result was that the interface was not deleted, but on the other hand
the wpa_supplicant did not configure the kernel to re-start the AP
functionality again.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-11-24 12:29:20 +02:00
Loic Poulain
1245503188 Restore scan_req if sta scan is rescheduled in the scan results event
On scan results event if a concurrent P2P scan was triggered previously,
scan results processing is canceled, p2p_find executed, and a new sta
scan is triggered (pending scan). However, this new sta scan does not
restore the scan_req value of the previous scan (whose scan result has
been canceled).

If we are currently connected to an AP and use ap_scan=2, the new
triggered scan will cause an associtation-without-scan in
wpa_supplicant_scan:
(ap_scan == 2 & scan_req != MANUAL_SCAN_REQ)
	=> wpa_supplicant_assoc_try()
causing an association error and a disconnection.

This patch fixes this issue by restoring the previous scan_req value.

Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loicx.poulain@intel.com>
2013-11-24 11:47:30 +02:00
Michael Schaller
bdec7ee5c9 D-Bus: Add support to set pkcs11_{engine,module}_path
Add SetPKCS11EngineAndModulePath D-Bus method. Add PKCS11EnginePath
and PKCS11ModulePath D-Bus property getters.

Signed-hostap: Michael Schaller <misch@google.com>
2013-11-23 10:48:27 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
a94737ea38 Android: P2P: Remember country locale
This updates P2P modules based on the Android specific
DRIVER COUNTRY command.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-22 20:23:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5e2c3490d5 Android: Add driver_cmd for arbitrary driver commands
This is a mechanism used in Android to extend driver interface in vendor
specific ways. This is included only for the purpose of Android
compatibility. Proper interface commands should be used for any new
functionality.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-22 20:23:08 +02:00
Johannes Berg
594516b4c2 Use monotonic clock for relative time for eloop if available
Relative time shouldn't be calculated based on gettimeofday
because that clock can jump (e.g., when the time is adjusted
by the system administrator.)

On systems where that is available, use CLOCK_BOOTTIME (on
fairly recent Linux systems, this clock takes into account
the time spend suspended) or CLOCK_MONOTONIC (on Linux and
some POSIX systems, this clock is just freely running with
no adjustments.)

Reported-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com>
Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-20 23:52:56 +02:00
Jithu Jance
1cba9bea96 STA: Cancel sched_scan while initiating wps_reassoc
Scan initiated from wps_nfc command context was ketp on
getting rescheduled due to an on-going scheduled scan. So
cancel sched_scan before issuing a reassociation scan.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2013-11-20 22:28:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
215a02f359 Add Wi-Fi Direct to the build configuration example
In addition, include Wi-Fi Direct support for Android builds by
default.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-20 20:49:48 +02:00
Rashmi Ramanna
6fc48481e4 P2P: Short scan wait to speed up the group re-invocation
The shorter 250 ms wait for the next scan request can be used also for
the case of persistent group re-invocation instead of just formation of
a new group. This speeds up the process and makes this more robust
especially in cases where the GO is using MCC.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-20 16:35:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
93a06fe103 Fix QoS Map Configure frame use
The QoS Map Set element was passed in full to the driver instead of just
the payload of the element. This resulted in the updated QoS Map being
rejected. Validate the element id/len and send only the payload to the
driver.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-20 12:49:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1b665cbf51 P2P: Fix channel preference use for MCC p2p_connect
Only force_freq was used in the wpas_p2p_set_own_freq_preference() call
which allowed the P2P module channel re-selection to ignore the
preference for using a channel we are already using. Fix this by setting
either force_freq or pref_freq as the preference based on which one is
set. This allows p2p_ignore_shared_freq parameter to be used whether to
prefer the shared frequency in this case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-19 12:39:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5624ccfe93 P2P: Optimize default case for own freq preference setting
There is no need to use wpas_p2p_num_unused_channels() here in the
default configuration of p2p_ignore_sahred_freq=0, so re-order the
conditions to skip that operation. This is a bit more efficient and the
debug log is also a bit cleaner in the default case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-19 12:29:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d0f61a4bea P2P: Fix p2p_ignore_shared_freq=1 when inviting a peer
p2p_ignore_shared_freq=1 was supposed to allow a MCC-capable device to
ignore a preference for using the same channel on multiple interfaces.
However, it was not used when inviting a peer to re-invoke a persistent
group. This case needs special handling since the peer's channel list is
not available to perform channel reselection and the operating channel
indicated in the Invitation Request frames ends up getting used as the
operating channel if the transmitted of that frames becomes the GO.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-19 12:26:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
21e491f2f6 P2P: Fix p2p_ignore_shared_freq=1 during invitation processing
p2p_ignore_shared_freq=1 was supposed to allow a MCC-capable device to
ignore a preference for using the same channel on multiple interfaces.
However, it was not used during processing of an Invitation Request. Fix
that case to use channel preference instead of channel forcing if free
channels are available. This allows p2p_ignore_shared_freq=1 case to
ignore the preference.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-19 12:15:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
107a89448c P2P: Clean up wpas_p2p_setup_freqs() debug message
It is confusing to talk about current operating channels being
unavailable for P2P when there are no current operating channels. Make
the debug message easier to understand.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-18 18:16:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7d669cf7a1 P2P: Clean up wpas_p2p_init_go_params()
It is clearer if there is only a single loop of the channel list and
shared debug prints. In addition, the note about current operating
channels not being available is quite confusing if there are no
operating group, so make that part of the message conditional.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-18 18:13:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b17d89bd10 P2P: Fix channel selection for MCC case
Commit 0d08efa447 modified
wpas_p2p_setup_freqs() design to use number of MCC channels capability
from the driver. However, it resulted in regression on how the preferred
vs. forced channel selection is done in the case of a MCC device.
force_freq was set unconditionally even though this was supposed to be
done only if no additional channels are available. pref_freq needs to be
used when possible to avoid preventing connection.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-18 16:53:44 +02:00
Jithu Jance
f86d282f43 Handle legacy scan interruption of sched_scan/PNO
While starting from PNO start context, the scheduled scan was not
setting the flag wpa_s->scanning. This was resulting in the subsequent
SCAN command to proceed further and send command to nl80211/cfg80211.
The expected behavior of cancelling sched_scan was not happening here.

While sched_scan is in progress and a legacy scan comes on the
cli/socket, the sched_scan is cancelled and normal scan is allowed to
continue. However, sometimes sched_scan cancelled event comes a bit
delayed and we will send out the scan command before the wpa_s->scanning
is cleared. Instead, reschedule the incoming scan req if the
wpa_s->scanning shows that it is still in progress.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2013-11-18 14:35:48 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
334bf36ac5 Add chan_switch to ctrl interface of wpa_supplicant and hostapd
Add chan_switch to the control interface of wpa_supplicant and hostapd,
and also to wpa_cli and hostapd_cli.

Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2013-11-17 17:12:58 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
bf281c129f Add AP channel switch mechanism
Build CSA settings and call the driver to perform the switch. Construct
Beacon, Probe Response, and (Re)Association Response frames both for CSA
period and for the new channel. These frames are built based on the
current configuration. Add CSA IE in Beacon and Probe Response frames.

Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2013-11-17 17:12:58 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
dcca2219ae wpa_supplicant: Update channel switch driver interface
Add csa_settings struct which holds parameters for CSA. Change driver
interface for switch_channel(), so that it will receive this struct and
not only the new frequency as it was before. This allows wpa_supplicant
to provide all the required parameters (beacons, proberesp, assocresp,
CSA IE) which are required by cfg80211 implementation.

Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2013-11-17 16:48:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e1925bde36 eloop: Remove eloop_none.c
This was supposed to be a minimal sample of eloop wrapper, but it is
unclear whether this is of that much use and the file has not been kept
up-to-date. Remove this file to reduce maintenance effort. The other
eloop*.c files can be used as a starting point if something new is
needed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-17 16:48:20 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
f6c2b8c367 Android: Add state message sent after 'status' command
This triggers re-transmission of CTRL-EVENT-STATE-CHANGE and
CTRL-EVENT-CONNECTED events on STATUS command for Android framework
specific processing.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-17 16:47:56 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
6b49907665 Android: Add SSID in supplicant change event
In addition, change wpa_s->pending_bssid to wpa_s->bssid for the BSSID
value in the event.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-17 16:47:45 +02:00
Masashi Honma
22cf7d7324 SCARD: Clean up SIM/USIM selection
Commit eb32460029 left an unneeded
sim_type argument to scard_init(). Remove that unnecessary argument to
clean up the implementation.

Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2013-11-17 16:47:38 +02:00
Paul Stewart
cea97a04f9 dbus_new: Add DBus TDLS methods
Add DBus methods for TDLS operations similar to those available
for the control interface. This includes Discover, Setup, and
Teardown commands. While here, add a method to query the TDLS
link status and add a DBus method for it.

Tested with CONFIG_TDLS enabled, on a TDLS-enabled host and
peer capable of TDLS:

    dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
        /fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
        fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.TDLSStatus string:<peer-mac-address>

    yields: string "peer does not exist"

    dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
        /fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
        fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.TDLSDiscover string:<peer-mac-address>

    yields no error

    dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
        /fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
        fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.TDLSSetup string:<peer-mac-address>

    yields no error

    dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
        /fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
        fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.TDLSStatus string:<peer-mac-address>

    yields: string "connected" after TDLS completes

    dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
        /fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
        fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.TDLSTeardown string:<peer-mac-address>

    yields no error

    dbus-send --system --dest=fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1 --print-reply \
        /fi/w1/wpa_supplicant1/Interfaces/0 \
        fi.w1.wpa_supplicant1.Interface.TDLSStatus string:<peer-mac-address>

    yields: string "peer not connected"

Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2013-11-17 16:47:32 +02:00
Jithu Jance
cc4952ad63 Request new scan only for the original interface
Request new scan only for the interface for which the original scan
request and results has come. Otherwise while sharing scan results along
with P2P interfaces, the new scan will be requested on P2P interfaces.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2013-11-17 16:47:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fa58da2e6c Remove old mechanism of skipping scan request rescheduling
Since eloop_deplete_timeout() is doing practically same in
wpa_supplicant_req_scan(), revert the old mechanism from commit
7e1488494e to avoid unnecessary work in
this function.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-17 16:47:13 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
e2f5a9889a Deplete scan request if new time is less than remaining
This avoids pushing out previous scheduled scan requests based on new
events.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-17 16:46:58 +02:00
Vinay Krishna Eranna
dcd25d4c3b P2P: Use negotiated channel from invitation for persistent GO
During persistent group re-invocation, GO may end up using a different
channel as the operation channel compared to what was indicated in the
invitation frames. This may break the connection if the peer device ends
up scanning the GO only on the channel from the invitation frame. Fix
this by using the negotiated channel (if available) on the GO as the
operating channel instead of the channel that was provided in the
p2p_invite command to start negotiation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-16 18:05:28 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
800d58721c TDLS: Provide external control to specify the peers for setup
There are use cases requesting the host driver to initiate the TDLS
setup with the peer only when configured by the external applications.
Thus, enable this control by tdls_external_control=1 and pass the
requisite information for the specific TDLS operation to the driver
on the request from such use cases.

This operation mode expects the driver to initiate TDLS link
automatically based on signal strength and traffic to a peer and tear
down links whenever they are not used or suitable due to signal strength
etc. The list of peers with which such operations are to be performed
are provided with the TDLS driver operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-15 03:02:08 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
58d6f91d16 Android: Reset MD5OBJS value before += operation
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-09 15:30:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
890b3a44cb Android: Sync Android.mk with Makefile
This brings in commit 411f567050 changes
to allow libdl to be linked in after OpenSSL.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-08 13:04:51 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
736abfc166 Android: Set proper path to keystore include dir
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-08 13:04:51 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
5e42035ed9 Android: Fix CONFIG_EAP_PROXY option and move it to right place
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-08 11:47:00 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
643fab30a0 Android: Add CONFIG_IEEE80211AC option to makefile
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-08 11:47:00 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
4ba83096e2 Android: Add CONFIG_EAP_UNAUTH_TLS option to makefile
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-08 11:47:00 +02:00
Ying Wang
53414a7e35 Android: Add liblog
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-08 11:46:59 +02:00
Kenny Root
1d415f1fcc Android: Switch keystore to binder
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-08 11:46:53 +02:00
Joe Onorato
4e5a4d3e57 Android: Get rid of LOCAL_MODULE_TAGS := user
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-08 11:41:05 +02:00
Kenny Root
206d81319e Android: Restore OpenSSL ENGINE support
We now use an OpenSSL ENGINE to support keystore functionality.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-08 11:40:13 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
b7997e01db Android: Remove obsolete WPA_UNICODE_SSID define
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-08 00:22:32 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
60cdfd7e25 Android: Fix compilation without BOARD_WPA_SUPPLICANT_DRIVER
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-07 14:04:30 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
e40634e654 Prohibit PNO start during assoc process and in connect state
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-07 14:01:33 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
3526ff0fad Android: Add ANDROID_P2P define under BOARD_WLAN_DEVICE
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-07 14:01:28 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
d0b2735240 Android: Fix CFLAGS -> L_CFLAGS
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-11-07 14:01:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9ec876662b P2P: Allow GO P2P Device Address to be used for scan result matching
This is a better way of matching P2P groups based on the unique P2P
Device Address (e.g., from P2P Group ID) and SSID pair instead of using
the not necessarily unique P2P Interface Address.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-07 13:49:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
08b2677974 Interworking: Use SSID from the BSS entry
There is no need to parse the IE buffer again to find the SSID of the
BSS since that information is already stored in struct wpa_bss.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-07 00:17:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
50589751bf Interworking: Reject BSS based on disallow_aps
If a BSS is disallowed temporarily with disallow_aps, the network
connection is going to fail. As such, there is not much point in
allowing Interworking network selection to try to connect with such BSS.
As such, do not consider disallowed networks for automatic network
selection and reject requests to connect to them through
INTERWORKING_CONNECT.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-07 00:12:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6ede8a7e4d Interworking: Avoid duplicated network blocks
Do not add multiple network blocks for the same network from a single
credential. INTERWORKING_CONNECT used to generate a new network block
for each instance regardless of what network blocks have already been
configured. While this allows the connection to go through, it is not
efficient to leave behind potentially large number of network blocks
with the same contents (or worse, changed contents). Address this by
removing an older network block for the same credential before adding a
new one.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-07 00:12:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d28f4e44f1 Interworking: Do not reconnect if already connected
If we are already connected to the selected AP with a network block
that was created based on the selected credential, do not force a
reconnection or network block update.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-07 00:12:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
217cf4991d P2P: Add more debug prints for frequency selection
This prints out get_shared_radio_freqs() results and related information
from P2P operations to make debug logs more helpful for figuring out
issues related to multi-channel concurrency.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-05 11:07:51 +02:00
Ilan Peer
4dd3f86834 P2P: Fix bug in GO frequency selection
When trying to choose a frequency that can be used for GO instantiation,
properly check if there are free channels that can be used.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-11-05 10:55:22 +02:00
Ilan Peer
9804873e53 wpa_supplicant: Fix bug in get_shared_radio_freqs
The idx variable was mistakenly set to 0 at the beginning of the
interface iteration. This could result in the operating channel of the
interface calling the function from being removed from the returned
frequency array if other interfaces were operating.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-11-05 10:55:22 +02:00
Haim Dreyfuss
3139270903 bgscan: Add global bgscan configuration
This option can be used to globally configure bgscan parameters
for all the network blocks.

Note that this configuration will not override a network block
specific bgscan settings, but will only be used in case that
the network block does not have a valid bgscan configuration.

Signed-hostap: Haim Dreyfuss <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
2013-11-05 10:26:31 +02:00
Naresh Jayaram
efc58df29c eap_proxy: Re-read IMSI from proxy in Interworking functionality
Try to read the IMSI values through the eap_proxy layer for Interworking
functionality again if the value was not available at startup.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-05 10:12:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
18ca733248 SAE: Fix group selection
Number of regressions had shown up in wpa_supplicant implementation of
SAE group selection due to different integer array termination (-1 in
hostapd, 0 in wpa_supplicant) being used for SAE groups. The
default_groups list did not seem to use any explicit termination value.
In addition, the sae_group_index was not cleared back to 0 properly
whenever a new SAE session was started.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-02 18:07:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
65015b2d8e Replace unnecessary UTF-8 characters with ASCII versions
There is no need for using UTF-8 in these files when perfectly fine
ASCII versions of these characters exist.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-11-02 16:01:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c092d83e26 P2P: Clear pending group formation data on group removal
It was possible for the wpa_s->show_group_started and wpa_s->go_params
to be left set when a P2P group was removed before group formation had
completed. In case a separate P2P group interface was not used, this
could rsult in all future scans using the hardcoded DIRECT-* SSID and as
such, not find the network they were trying to find. Fix this by
clearing these P2P parameters on group removal.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-01 10:31:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9100b6607b P2P: Debug print reason for specific SSID for scan
It can be useful to see whether the specific P2P SSID was used for scan
based on p2p_in_provisioning or show_group_started when debugging issues
where this case shows up unexpectedly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-11-01 10:30:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2aec4f3c0c Allow add-BSS operation to re-use existing netdev
When removing and re-adding the first wlan# netdev to hostapd
dynamically, the netdev is already present and should not be removed and
re-added to maintain its state as not-added-by-hostapd so that it does
not get removed automatically.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-31 22:34:25 +02:00
Vinay Krishna Eranna
731ca6364e Update regulatory change to all virtual interface for the phy
wpas_p2p_setup_channels function uses the per interface information
(wpa_s->hw.modes) for setting up the available channel list for P2P
operation, but if a separate P2P interface is used (e.g., p2p0 on
Android), the wpa_s instance for that interface may not get an updated
channel list. This can result in some operations, like "P2P_SET
disallow_freq", using old channel list information (e.g., world roaming
information with passive-scan/no-ibss flags) which was initialized
during the start-up. This could result in P2P functionality using
conflicting or obsolete channel information.

To resolve this issue, update channel list information on regulatory
change events to all of the virtual interfaces sharing the same phy for
which the event is received.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-29 23:03:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ebd79f07c4 hostapd: Make hostapd_config::bss array of pointers
This makes it more convenient to move BSS configuration entries between
struct hostapd_config instances to clean up per-BSS configuration file
design.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-29 16:58:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7617388ea3 Interworking: Report STATUS:sp_type even if domain is not configured
This allows sp_type={home,roaming,unknown} to be used to determine
network type with SIM-based credentials even if the domain name
parameter is not configured explicitly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-29 13:57:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c20bc9d464 P2P: Remove compiler warning without CONFIG_IEEE80211N
Commit ca9bc5b566 added wpas_conf_ap_vht()
as a static function with the caller within CONFIG_IEEE80211N, but the
function outside. This resulted in a compiler warning for wpa_supplicant
AP/P2P builds when CONFIG_IEEE80211N=y was not used. Fix that by using
matching conditional block around the function.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-27 20:46:19 +02:00
Eliad Peller
ca9bc5b566 P2P: Add VHT support
Start GO with VHT support if VHT option was requested
and the appropriate channels are available.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2013-10-27 20:08:36 +02:00
Eliad Peller
20ea1ca406 P2P: Add VHT parameter to P2P operations
Add the option to ask for VHT operation similarly to the way ht40 is
configured - either by adding 'vht' param to the relevant p2p_*
commands or by configuring p2p_go_vht=1 in the configuration file.

This patch only adds the configuration option (e.g., via control
interface). The actual handling of the VHT parameter (asking the driver
to use VHT, etc.) will be done by the following patch.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2013-10-27 19:46:17 +02:00
Eliad Peller
f2112b2ac8 wpa_supplicant: Add CONFIG_IEEE80211AC
In order to support P2P GO with 11ac support, add CONFIG_IEEE80211AC
config option support to the Makefile.

Signed-hostap: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
2013-10-27 19:32:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4d9fb08d23 WPS: Clear known_wps_freq in addition to after_wps
Both of these variables can result in optimized WPS scans, so better
clear these more consistently to avoid unexpected single-channel scans.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-27 12:56:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d20c340f7e Interworking: Clear known_wps_freq for network selection
This was forgotten from the previous commit which allowed some cases to
trigger single-channel scan incorrectly if an optimized WPS scan had not
yet been completed at the time network selection was started.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-27 12:55:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1bd05d0423 Interworking: Force normal scan for network selection
Make sure special optimized scans (like WPS-single-channel or
sched_scan) do not get used during the network selection scan. This
could have been hit in cases where a previous operation has been stopped
in a state where special scan parameters were going to be used.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-27 11:26:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
51e9f22809 P2P: Add option to allow additional client channels
The new p2p_add_cli_chan=1 configuration parameter can be used to
request passive-scan channels to be included in P2P channel lists for
cases where the local end may become the P2P client in a group. This
allows more options for the peer to use channels, e.g., if the local
device is not aware of its current location and has marked most channels
to require passive scanning.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-26 17:49:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
556b30daca P2P: Add option to remove channels from GO use
The new p2p_no_go_freq frequency range list (comma-separated list of
min-max frequency ranges in MHz) can now be used to configure channels
on which the local device is not allowed to operate as a GO, but on
which that device can be a P2P Client. These channels are left in the
P2P Channel List in GO Negotiation to allow the peer device to select
one of the channels for the cases where the peer becomes the GO. The
local end will remove these channels from consideration if it becomes
the GO.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-26 17:49:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e7ecab4a3b Use ARRAY_SIZE() macro
Replace the common sizeof(a)/sizeof(a[0]) constructions with a more
readable version.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-26 17:49:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
29179b881e Stop ctrl_iface monitor send loop on reinit failure
There is no point trying to continue sending messages with sendmsg() if
socket reinitialization fails.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-26 15:55:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a2a535f897 Remove unnecessary wpa_s->conf checks
wpa_s->conf cannot be NULL because wpa_supplicant_init_iface() would not
allow wpa_supplicant_add_iface() to return wpa_s instance in such state.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-26 15:55:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
41c526f357 P2P: Fix snprintf buffer length for group ifname backup
Commit 2e5ba4b6d1 moved this to a function
and updated one of the os_snprintf() calls to use the len parameter, but
forgot the other one.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-24 21:22:30 +03:00
Naresh Jayaram
07041c6f99 eap_proxy: Confirm eap_proxy initialization before reading SIM info
Trying to access the SIM card details without checking if the eap_proxy
layer has been initialized can results in a crash. Address this by
sending the request for the IMSI through eapol_supp_sm.c which can
verify that eap_proxy has been initialized.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-23 20:51:39 +03:00
Po-Lun Lai
47d986e6ff P2P: Check Action frame payload match before accepted TX status
It is possible for there to be two pending off-channel TX frames, e.g.,
when two devices initiate GO Negotiation at more or less the same time.
This could result in the TX status report for the first frame clearing
wpa_s->pending_action_tx that included the newer frame that has not yet
been transmitted (i.e., is waiting to be sent out). Avoid losing that
frame by confirming that the TX status payload matches the pending frame
before clearing the pending frame and reporting the TX status callback.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-23 17:47:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d259249762 Fix ENABLE_NETWORK not to reconnect in disconnected state
DISCONNECT followed by ENABLE_NETWORK ended up starting a scan for a new
connection due to wpa_supplicant_enable_one_network() setting
wpa_s->reassociate = 1. This was done regardless of wpa_s->disconnected
being 1 which should imply that wpa_supplicant should not try to connect
before asked explicitly with REASSOCIATE or RECONNECT.

Fix this by making ENABLE_NETWORK setting of reassociate = 1 and
starting of scans for connection conditional on wpa_s->disconnected ==
0. This will make ENABLE_NETWORK trigger a connection only if
wpa_supplicant is already in a state where it would try to connect if
there are any enabled networks.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-23 12:09:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
af8a827b90 Make frequency range list routines more general
This allows the frequency range list implementation to be shared for
other purposes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-23 00:44:07 +03:00
Dan Williams
538922a628 dbus: Add boolean AllowRoam option to Scan() method options dictionary
To disallow roaming when a scan request's results are read, callers
of the D-Bus Scan() method may add a new "AllowRoam" boolean key
to the scan options dictionary and set that key's value to FALSE.

Signed-hostap: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2013-10-22 16:09:46 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs
c6f5dec9c1 Don't start second scan when changing scan interval
If a scan is currently running and the scan interval is changed, a
second scan will be started before the current has finished. This will
in turn, if no networks are configured, cause wpa_s->state to be
forced to WPA_INACTIVE before the first scan has finished.

Signed-hostap: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
2013-10-22 15:57:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
313424d46e GAS: Add support for multiple pending queries for the same destination
Need to use the pointer to the current ongoing query instead of matching
from the pending list based on the destination address so that we get
the correct query instance when processing the TX status report.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-21 14:37:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cbc5484892 GAS: Do not start new scan operation during an ongoing GAS query
These operations can have conflicting offchannel requirements, so wait
with a new scan trigger until a pending GAS query has been completed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-21 13:20:38 +03:00
Kyeyoon Park
c377514337 GAS: Delay GAS query Tx while scanning/connecting
Offchannel operations needed for a GAS query can conflict with ongoing
scan/connection progress, so delay GAS queries if such an operation is
in progress on the current interface or any virtual interface sharing
the same radio.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-21 13:15:45 +03:00
Kyeyoon Park
24c694b465 GAS: Delay GAS query Tx while another query is in progress
It would be possible to issue another GAS query when a previous one is
still in progress and this could result in conflicting offchannel
operations. Prevent that by delaying GAS query initiation until the
previous operation has been completed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-21 13:13:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7255983b59 WPS: Clear after_wps from number of new locations
This makes it less likely to forget WPS single-channel scan optimization
in effect after having completed the WPS operation or in case WPS
operating gets cancelled.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-20 21:38:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
73b54d63fc P2P: Fix Operating Channel in Invitation Request for operating group
When a GO or P2P Client invites a peer device to join an already
operating group, the Operating Channel in Invitation Request needs to be
forced to the current operating channel of the group.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-20 21:38:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c92963656 D-Bus: Clean up debug print for P2P invitation result
wpa_printf() does not need '\n' so remove the extra newline. In
addition, drop the priority of this message from MSG_INFO to MSG_DEBUG
since this is in no way exceptional operation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-20 21:38:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d2858883b0 P2P: Add GO BSS entry details to debug log on join-a-group
This makes it easier to debug issues related to selecting GO information
from the latest updated BSS table entry.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-20 21:38:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e241b1b4f2 eap_proxy: Fix IMSI fetch for home vs. visited network determination
Use similar mechanism to CONFIG_PCSC=y case to set the IMSI and MNC
length for eap_proxy. This allows automatic 3GPP realm comparison
against the domain list.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-20 13:12:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a5d44ac083 EAP peer: Add framework for external SIM/USIM processing
The new configuration parameter external_sim=<0/1> can now be used to
configure wpa_supplicant to use external SIM/USIM processing (e.g., GSM
authentication for EAP-SIM or UMTS authentication for EAP-AKA). The
requests and responses for such operations are sent over the ctrl_iface
CTRL-REQ-SIM and CTRL-RSP-SIM commands similarly to the existing
password query mechanism.

Changes to the EAP methods to use this new mechanism will be added in
separate commits.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-20 13:12:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7e8bc7d6fb eapol_test: Initialize BSS lists
This is needed to avoid issues with control interface commands that
could request BSS list during an eapol_test run. wpa_cli tries to update
its internal BSS list and that could trigger eapol_test crashes without
this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-19 16:28:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bceb843108 Send CTRL-RSP command response before processing EAPOL update
This is what the original implementation did years ago, but the move to
using separate control interface backends re-ordered the implementation
to process EAPOL notification first. Use a registered timeout to allow
the ctrl_iface response to be sent out first to get somewhat faster
response time and to avoid pending operations that could result in
ctrl_iface response and unsolicited event messages from getting mixed
up.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-19 16:26:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b6077964c2 eapol_test: Fix external EAP request mechanism
The eap_param_needed callback was forgotten from eapol_test and this
prevented external EAP request processing through ctrl_iface from being
tested.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-19 13:44:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
94de082b39 eapol_test: Initialize wpa_s->global to fix ctrl_iface
wpa_s->global is now dereferenced in number of places and at least one
of them hits in eapol_test cases. Fix issues with this by setting the
global pointer to empty data.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-19 13:08:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f07bba3255 Android: Add dfs.c into build
This fixes Android build after commit
e76da50529 that added the new dfs.c file.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-18 15:18:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f47c145285 Interworking: Add required_roaming_consortium parameter for credentials
This allows credentials to be limited from being used to connect to a
network unless the AP advertises a matching roaming consortium OI.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-18 14:13:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a83e5749ac GAS: Update timeout from TX status handler
This allow GAS operations to be fine-tuned based what happens with GAS
query TX. Failed queries are timed out immediately and acknowledged
queries are given some more time to account for possible TX queue
latencies.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-18 14:13:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
56f5af489c Interworking: Add support for QoS Mapping functionality for the STA
Indicate support for QoS Mapping and configure driver to update the QoS
Map if QoS Map Set elements is received from the AP either in
(Re)Association Response or QoS Map Configure frame.

This commit adds support for receiving the frames with nl80211 drivers,
but the actual QoS Map configuration command is still missing.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-18 14:13:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ac1bc54948 Interworking: Add domain_suffix_match for credentials
This allow domain_suffix_match to be specified for a cred block and then
get this copied for the network blocks generated from this credential as
part of Interworking network selection.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-18 14:13:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
463c8ffbd5 Interworking: Add support for multiple home FQDNs
Credentials can now be configured with more than one FQDN ('domain'
field in the cred block) to perform Domain Name List matching against
multiple home domains.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-18 14:13:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
01f809c7db Add AAA server domain name suffix matching constraint
The new domain_suffix_match (and domain_suffix_match2 for Phase 2
EAP-TLS) can now be used to specify an additional constraint for the
server certificate domain name. If set, one of the dNSName values (or if
no dNSName is present, one of the commonName values) in the certificate
must have a suffix match with the specified value. Suffix match is done
based on full domain name labels, i.e., "example.com" matches
"test.example.com" but not "test-example.com".

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-18 13:34:26 +03:00
Janusz Dziedzic
e76da50529 hostapd: Add AP DFS support
Add DFS structures/events handlers, CAC handling, and radar detection.
By default, after radar is detected or the channel became unavailable, a
random channel will be chosen.

This patches are based on the original work by Boris Presman and
Victor Goldenshtein. Most of the DFS code is moved to a new dfs.c/dfs.h
files.

Cc: Boris Presman <boris.presman@ti.com>
Cc: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>

Signed-hostap: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-hostap: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2013-10-17 21:05:15 +03:00
Pontus Fuchs
5079392954 Increase buffer size and prevent write beyond buffer end
wpa_config_write_key_mgmt has a buffer size of 50. This is not enough
to fit the longest case. I used a network with "WPA-PSK WPA-EAP
WPA-NONE" and CONFIG_IEEE80211R=y + CONFIG_IEEE80211W=y to produce
a string longer than 50 chars. Increase the buffer size to 100 to
prevent truncated output.

Truncated output is not the only problem. If the buffer end is
reached when adding certain key mgmt types the function does not
return immediately. This leaves pos > end. When a second os_sprintf
is called the calculation of end - pos yields a large positive
number for buffer size. End result is a write beyond the buffer end.
Fix this by bailing out if buffer end is reached.

Signed-hostap: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
2013-10-14 20:49:26 +03:00
Jithu Jance
7e910b7b51 WPS NFC: Cancel scheduled scan before attempting a scan
Cancel scheduled scan (if any) before attempting to scan for the newly
received configuration/credential in WPS NFC Config token case.

Signed-hostap: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
2013-10-14 20:42:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b72e14e599 P2P: Do not allow P2P client connection without P2P IE from GO
P2P-GROUP-STARTED event depends on having enough information about the
group available. To avoid incomplete information from being delivered to
upper layers, do not accept scan results without P2P IE (e.g., from a
non-P2P scan) for P2P client association process. This can be of use for
some join-a-group cases where non-P2P scans have generated the BSS entry
for the GO.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-14 19:41:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5df7414b04 P2P: Allow persistent group determination based on Beacon frame
P2P IE may be available from a Beacon frame from a GO even if we have
not yet received a Probe Response frame with P2P IE from that GO. Since
all the needed information for determining the GO's P2P Device Address
and group capabilities are available, use that information instead of
displaying incomplete group information.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-14 19:28:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
aaeb9c98e6 P2P: Allow GO to be discovered based on Beacon frame
This fixes some P2P-join-a-group cases where GO may have been discovered
based on passive scan or non-P2P scan. P2P IEs may have been received
from a Beacon frame in such a case and that information can be used to
create a P2P peer entry, e.g., to allow provision discovery exchange to
be completed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-14 19:25:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b16696ff72 P2P: Show p2p flag in debug info for scan results
This makes it easier to confirm that P2P capabilities for a GO has been
discovered properly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-14 19:23:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bb50ae4396 P2P: Show P2P flag in BSS entries also based on Beacon frames
It is possible that a P2P GO has been discovered through a non-P2P scan
that did not return P2P IE in Probe Response frames. To cover those
cases, check also Beacon frame (if received) for P2P IE.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-14 19:22:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ff57398fca P2P: Do not drop P2P IEs from BSS table on non-P2P scans
This could happen when non-P2P station interface runs a scan without P2P
IE in the Probe Request frame. P2P GO would reply to that with a Probe
Response that does not include P2P IE. Do not update the IEs in this BSS
entry to avoid such loss of information that may be needed for P2P
operations to determine group information.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-14 17:34:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
adeb4f59a2 P2P: Make sure wait for the first client gets stopped
If a group was removed before the wait for the first client had timed
out and the client had not yet connected, p2p_go_wait_client could have
been left set and with that, scan operations could be unnecessarily
delayed. This fixes some undesired delays from commit
c1c0b35fea.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-10-05 22:15:28 -07:00
Dmitry Shmidt
f22f274bbf P2P: Clone 'disable_scan_offload' parameter for p2p group
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-10-05 18:18:20 -07:00
Deepthi Gowri
acdd0fc84f P2P: Clear p2p_group_formation and p2p_in_provisioning on group removal
Commit 41f853235f extends group formation
timeout for the first data connection to complete and resets
p2p_go_group_formation_completed flag due to which p2p_in_provisioning
and p2p_group_formation flags are not cleared when
wpas_group_formation_completed() is called. This can result in both
station scan and p2p_find failures in the case where separate P2P group
interface is not used and the client does not complete 4-way handshake.
Fix this by clearing p2p_group_formation and p2p_in_provisioning when
such a P2P group is deleted.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-05 17:54:52 -07:00
Arif Hussain
8b3b803ab9 Include Extended Capabilities element based on scan results
Add Extended Capabilities element to association request only if the AP
included this element in Beacon/Probe Response frames. This is a
workaround to address interoperability issues with some older APs that
do not seem to be able to handle Extended Capabilities element in
(Re)Association Request frames.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-02 08:09:05 -07:00
Deepthi Gowri
6903ee6f62 P2P Extend postponing of concurrent scans for persistent GO
Update the p2p_go_wait_client timestamp in p2p_go_configured() to
address the case where the group is set up without the provisioning
step.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-10-02 07:32:17 -07:00
Sunil Dutt
f130b105ec TDLS: Clean up wpa_tdls_teardown_link() uses
Making this function be used only for external setup case simplifies the
implementation and makes core wpa_supplicant calls in ctrl_iface.c and
events.c consistent.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-30 17:10:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5388dc97e0 Document use of Linux capabilities instead of privileged process
Linux capabilities cap_net_admin and cap_net_raw can be used to replace
need for running wpa_supplicant as a root process.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-29 12:04:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a771c07dfc Add driver status information to control interface
STATUS-DRIVER command can now be used to fetch driver interface status
information. This is mainly for exporting low-level driver interface
information for debug purposes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-28 17:19:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
298f51857d Get rid of compiler warning in no-CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE builds
no_ctrl_interface parsing was declared within ifdef CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE
block, so the parser function needs to be marked similarly.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-27 23:42:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ea61aa1de1 Add no_ctrl_interface config param to clear ctrl_interface
This can be used to override previously set ctrl_interface value in a
way that clears the variable to NULL instead of empty string. The only
real use case for this is to disable per-interface ctrl_interface from
the additional control file (-I<file>) in case ctrl_interface was set in
the main configuration file. It should be noted that zero-length
ctrl_interface parameter can be used to initiate some control interface
backends, so simpler designs were not available for this.

The format of the new parameter is not exactly cleanest due to
configuration file parsing assumptions. For example:

ctrl_interface=....
no_ctrl_interface=

would end up with ctrl_interface=NULL.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-27 23:34:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
25b65a142d Make sure updated BSS entry does not get added twice to the list
When the BSS table is being updated based on new scan results, a BSS
entry could end up getting added into last_scan_res list multiple times
if the scan results from the driver includes duplicated values. This
should not happen with driver_nl80211.c since it filter outs duplicates,
but in theory, other driver wrappers could indicate such scan results.
Anyway, it is safer to make sure this cannot happen by explicitly
verifying the last_scan_res list before adding an updated BSS entry
there. A duplicated entry in the list could potentially result in freed
memory being used if there is large enough number of BSSes in the scan
results to cause removal of old BSS entries.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-27 16:00:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a3cbf82e6d Fix possible freed-memory use in BSS table updates
If there are large number of BSSes in the scan results, BSS table update
could have added a BSS entry to the last_scan_res in a case where that
BSS entry got just deleted. This would happen only if there are more
than bss_max_count (by default 200) BSSes and if at least bss_max_count
of those BSSes are known (match a configured network). In such a case,
wpa_bss_add() could end up allocating a new BSS entry and return a
pointer to that entry even if it was the one that ended up getting freed
to keep the BSS table length within the limit. This could result in
freed memory being used and the process crashing (likely with segfault)
when trying to access information from that BSS entry.

Fix the issue by removing the oldest BSS entry before linking the new
entry to the table. This makes sure the newly added entry will never get
picked up as the one to be deleted immediately.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-27 15:56:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bbc6c729a5 P2P: Use group formation timeout on persistent group GO
Previously, GO considered the group to be fully re-invoked after
starting beaconing on successful invitation exchange. This would leave
the group running until idle timeout (which may not be enabled) or
explicit removal if the client fails to connect for any reason. Since
the client is expected to connect immediately after the invitation
exchange that ends with status=0 (i.e., either client initiated the
exchange or it responded with success), extend group formation timeout
to cover that period until the first successfully completed data
connection. This allows the GO to remove the group automatically if the
client devices does not connect within
P2P_MAX_INITIAL_CONN_WAIT_GO_REINVOKE (15) seconds.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-26 21:24:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
41f853235f P2P: Extend group formation timeout on GO to first data connection
Previously, GO considered the group to be fully formed at the completed
of WPS provisioning step. This would leave the group running until idle
timeout (which may not be enabled) or explicit removal if the client
fails to connect for any reason. Since the client is expected to connect
immediately after the WPS provisioning step, extend group formation
timeout to cover that period until the first successfully completed data
connection. This allows the GO to remove the group automatically if the
client devices does not connect within P2P_MAX_INITIAL_CONN_WAIT_GO (10)
seconds.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-26 20:32:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
20625e9753 P2P: Remove P2P groups on process termination
Killing the wpa_supplicant process or using TERMINATE ctrl_iface command
resulted in the process existing without cleaning up possibly added
dynamic P2P group interfaces. Clean this up by stopping each P2P group
before stopping eloop.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-26 01:38:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
76fe79ef2d Register wpa_msg callback even if only global ctrl_iface is used
Previously, wpa_msg_register_cb() was called only from successful
completion of per-interface control interface initialization. This would
leave the callback unregistered in case only the global control
interface is used which would result in not delivering control interface
events on the global interface. Fix this by registering the callback
handler also from successful initialization of the global control
interface.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-26 01:31:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
89286e91bf Re-open ctrl_iface socket on some failure cases as a workaround
If wpa_supplicant ctrl_iface clients are misbehaving and refusing to
read replies or event messages from wpa_supplicant, the single socket
used in wpa_supplicant to send messages can reach the maximum send
buffer limit. When that happens, no more responses to any client can be
sent. Work around this by closed and reopening the socket in case such a
failure state is detected. This is obviously not desirable since it
breaks existing connected sockets, but is needed to avoid leaving
wpa_supplicant completely unable to respond to any client. Cleaner fix
for this may require more considerable changes in the ctrl_iface design
to move to connection oriented design to allow each client to be handled
separately and unreachability to be detected more reliably.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-25 16:23:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
742e715b31 Simplify ctrl_iface sendto() use
Prepare reply buffer first for all cases and then use a single sendto()
call instead of three calls depending on reply type. This allows simpler
error handling for control interface send operations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-23 17:52:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6668efda58 Clear frequency list on empty value
Allow current frequency list of be cleared with an empty string value.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-23 16:22:16 +03:00
Masashi Honma
1a9f24714e Make scan_freq field to be saved by save_config
Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2013-09-23 16:06:06 +03:00
Kamath Vinayak
3cc247a78f Use configured sched_scan interval for the PNO scan
The interval for the PNO scan did not use the configured sched_scan
interval. This commit addresses the same by using the configured value
or the default of 10 seconds if configuration parameter is not used.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-15 15:21:42 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
79986bf69e Print ctrl_iface sendto() failures into debug log
This makes it easier to debug issues with control interface operations
failing.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-14 11:25:31 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
eab2b50dc8 P2P: Cancel group formation timeout on client connection
It was possiblle for the group formation timeout to be left running even
after the P2P Client connected to the group if the WPS provisioning step
was not completed cleanly (e.g., due to WSC_Done not getting received
from the client). There is no need to remove the group in such case due
to the initial group formation timeout, so work around this by removing
that timeout on data connection.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-14 11:25:10 -07:00
Jouni Malinen
00eb299396 P2P: Fix operation channel configuration update
There was already a CFG_CHANGED_P2P_OPER_CHANNEL handler function, but
this flag was not set when the p2p_oper_reg_class or p2p_oper_channel
parameters were changed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-14 11:24:56 -07:00
Vinay Krishna Eranna
b2b688d18d P2P: Fix crash when failed to create GO interface
wpa_supplicant crashes if driver configuration for AP mode interface
configuration fails after group negotiation. This is because of a
regression from commit 1075b29571 that
ends up freeing the wpa_s instance from within
wpa_supplicant_create_ap() without the caller knowing.

Fix this by using an eloop timeout to free remove the P2P group so that
wpa_supplicant_create_ap() and especially wpa_supplicant_associate()
callers do not need to know about interface getting possibly removed. In
addition, move the P2P specific code into p2p_supplicant.c where it
really belongs. This allows the already existing group formation timeout
to be used by reducing the timeout to zero.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-03 12:43:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
61971697bb WPS NFC: Fix build without CONFIG_AP=y
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-03 11:27:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e1ae5d743f SAE: Fix build without CONFIG_AP=y
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-03 11:25:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
813e7b364f P2P: Remove group from timeout on PSK failure
Avoid potential issues with removing a P2P group on PSK failure directly
from the wpa_supplicant_event() call since the caller (in driver_*.c)
may not be prepared for the interface disappearing at that point in
time.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-09-02 16:33:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5bf9a6c859 P2P: Add event messages for possible PSK failures on P2P groups
It is possible for the GO of a persistent group to change the PSK or
remove a client when per-client PSKs are used and this can happen
without the SSID changing (i.e., the group is still valid, but just not
for a specific client). If the client side of such persistent group ends
up trying to use an invalidated persistent group information, the
connection will fail in 4-way handshake. A new WPS provisioning step is
needed to recover from this.

Detect this type of case based on two 4-way handshake failures when
acting as a P2P client in a persistent group. A new
"P2P-PERSISTENT-PSK-FAIL id=<persistent group id>" event is used to
indicate when this happens. This makes it easier for upper layers to
remove the persistent group information with "REMOVE_NETWORK <persistent
group id>" if desired (e.g., based on user confirmation).

In addition to indicating the error cases for persistent groups, all
this type of PSK failures end up in the client removing the group with
the new reason=PSK_FAILURE information in the P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 21:35:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
eac8dab87c P2P: Document per-client keys and p2p_remove_client
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 21:35:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
43c693c21a P2P: Do not store duplicate PSK entries for the same device
If a client joins a P2P group multiple times, replace the previous
per-client PSK entry instead of adding a new entry each time.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 21:35:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f2c566027e P2P: Add a command for removing a client from all groups
The new control interface command P2P_REMOVE_CLIENT <P2P Device
Address|iface=Address> can now be used to remove the specified client
from all groups (ongoing and persistent) in which the local device is a
GO. This will remove any per-client PSK entries and deauthenticate the
device.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 21:35:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
01a57fe420 P2P: Maintain list of per-client PSKs for persistent groups
Record all generated per-client PSKs in the persistent group network
block and configure these for the GO Authenticator whenever re-starting
the persistent group. This completes per-client PSK support for
persistent groups.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 21:35:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
759fd76b7f P2P: Select PSK based on Device Address instead of Interface Address
When using per-device PSKs, select the PSK based on the P2P Device
Address of the connecting client if that client is a P2P Device. This
allows the P2P Interface Address to be changed between P2P group
connections which may happen especially when using persistent groups.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 11:30:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
94ddef3e72 P2P: Make peer's P2P Device Address available to authenticator
This can be used to implement per-device PSK selection based on the
peer's P2P Device Address instead of P2P Interface Address.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 11:05:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
52177fbb70 P2P: Store P2P Device Address in per-device PSK records
This makes the P2P Device Address of the Enrollee available with the PSK
records to allow P2P Device Address instead of P2P Interface Address to
be used for finding the correct PSK.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 10:47:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
05766ed8de P2P: Allow per-device PSK to be assigned
"wpa_cli p2p_set per_sta_psk <0/1>" can now be used to disable/enable
use of per-device PSKs in P2P groups. This is disabled by default.
When enabled, a default passphrase is still generated by the GO for
legacy stations, but all P2P and non-P2P devices using WPS will get
a unique PSK.

This gives more protection for the P2P group by preventing clients from
being able to derive the unicast keys used by other clients. This is
also a step towards allowing specific clients to be removed from a group
reliably without having to tear down the full group to do so.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-09-01 10:14:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
698e921b9e wpa_cli: Add tab completion for p2p_set field values
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-31 20:58:35 +03:00
Syed Asifful Dayyan Rafiuddeen
0b5fb86a24 P2P: Stop listen state when listen-only duration is over
Even after listen duration is over, P2P module remained in
P2P_LISTEN_ONLY state, which is blocking station mode scans. Fix this by
stopping P2P listen explicitly to update p2p_state to IDLE when listen
duration expires.

Signed-hostap: Syed Asifful Dayyan <syedd@broadcom.com>
2013-08-31 18:09:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
02a3e5c0d1 wpa_cli: Allow first DISCONNECTED event to be reported
wpa_cli filters out extra DISCONNECTED events from action scripts. This
ended up filtering out the first real DISCONNECT event in case wpa_cli
was started when wpa_supplicant was in connected state. Change wpa_cli
to allow the first disconnection event to be reported to the action
script in such case.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-31 17:27:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
731ef436d1 D-Bus: Fix per-iface object unregistration on not existing objects
If the private data for an object is not found, do not try to unregister
that object to avoid D-Bus errors.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-31 16:46:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
447969e034 D-Bus: Do not send network notification for all P2P groups
Previously, network added event was skipping during group formation.
However, this did not necessarily catch all cases of temporary P2P
network blocks. Check ssid->p2p_group to make this behavior more
consistent by avoiding all P2P groups.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-31 16:44:42 +03:00
Masashi Honma
eb32460029 Fix switching from EAP-SIM to EAP-AKA/AKA'
Switching EAP method from EAP-SIM to EAP-AKA fails.
wpa_cli commands are below.

------------------
sudo wpa_cli add_network
sudo wpa_cli set_network 0 ssid '"eap-sim"'
sudo wpa_cli set_network 0 key_mgmt WPA-EAP
sudo wpa_cli set_network 0 eap SIM
sudo wpa_cli set_network 0 pin '"1234"'
sudo wpa_cli set_network 0 pcsc '""'
sudo wpa_cli select_network 0

sudo wpa_cli disable_network 0
sudo wpa_cli disconnect
sudo wpa_cli remove_network 0

sudo wpa_cli add_network
sudo wpa_cli set_network 0 ssid '"eap-sim"'
sudo wpa_cli set_network 0 key_mgmt WPA-EAP
sudo wpa_cli set_network 0 eap AKA
sudo wpa_cli set_network 0 pin '"1234"'
sudo wpa_cli set_network 0 pcsc '""'
sudo wpa_cli select_network 0
------------------

Then EAP-AKA connection resulted in fail.
wpa_supplicant log is below.

------------------
wlan0: CTRL-EVENT-EAP-METHOD EAP vendor 0 method 23 (AKA) selected
SCARD: Non-USIM card - cannot do UMTS auth
EAP-AKA: UMTS authentication failed (AUTN)
wlan0: CTRL-EVENT-EAP-FAILURE EAP authentication failed
------------------

This occurs because on the first EAP-SIM authentication, the SIM/USIM
card in the device was recognized as SIM card even if it is USIM card.

So this patch changes it to recognize as USIM card even if EAP-SIM
authentication was required.

I have tested these switching cases.
EAP-SIM -> EAP-AKA
EAP-SIM -> EAP-AKA'
EAP-AKA -> EAP-SIM
EAP-AKA -> EAP-AKA'
EAP-AKA' -> EAP-SIM
EAP-AKA' -> EAP-AKA

Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2013-08-31 16:11:48 +03:00
Sreenath Sharma
f2b3f4de49 P2P: Allow P2P functionality to be disabled per interface
By default, P2P is initialized for all driver interfaces and this makes
P2P getting initialized for non-P2P station interface if the supplicant
is started first on this interface. If an interface is dedicated for
non-P2P station mode, it is now possible to disable P2P initialization
by adding 'p2p_disabled=1' in the configuration file of non-P2P station
interface, irrespective of the order in which supplicant is started.

Signed-hostap: Sreenath Sharma <sreenats@broadcom.com>
2013-08-31 11:59:05 +03:00
Sreenath Sharma
43ee470494 P2P: Immediate group removal in GC in case of deauthentication
Right now in case of deauthentication from GO, immediate group removal will
happen in GC only if the deauthentication packet has a valid IE. However,
the IE in deauthentication packet is mandated only for managed P2P group.
So in normal P2P group the group removal is delayed and will happen later
only in group idle timeout.

This fixes a regression from commit
d7df0fa727 that changed the previous check
for data->deauth_info != NULL to data->deauth_info->ie != NULL.

Signed-hostap: Sreenath Sharma <sreenats@broadcom.com>
2013-08-31 11:11:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
add7add09d IBSS RSN: Add a timeout for Authentication frame exchange
It is possible for the peer device not to support Authentication frame
exchange even though this would be required functionality in the
standard. Furthermore, either Authentication frame may be lost. To
recover from cases where Authentication frame sequence 2 is not
received, start EAPOL Authenticator from one second timeout.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-27 16:26:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c1c0b35fea P2P: Postpone concurrent scans when waiting for first client as GO
Previously, concurrent station mode scans were postponed during an
ongoing P2P group formation up to the point of completed WPS
provisioning step. This would allow a scan to be started before the P2P
client has completed association for the data connection if a scan
request were timed to hit the window between the provisioning step and
the following association. Avoid this by extending P2P-in-progress state
to continue until the first data connection has been completed as part
of group formation. Use a ten second timeout for this to avoid leaving
scans disabled indefinitely if the client fails to connect completely.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-27 12:23:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6fb7b58fe4 IBSS RSN: Work around Data RX vs. Authentication RX race condition
It is possible for the driver to report EAPOL frame RX before
Authentication frame RX even if the frames arrived in the opposite
order. This can result in issues in cases where both IBSS peers initiate
Authentication frame exchange at about the same time and one of the
EAPOL sessions is started before processing Authentication frame seq=1
RX. Work around this by not re-initializing EAPOL state on
Authentication (SEQ=1) RX if own Authentication frame was transmitted
within last 500 ms.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-27 02:54:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
99d7c76294 P2P: Add more debug info on operating channel selection
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-26 14:08:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8d660e04e9 P2P: Add GO negotiation results into the P2P-GO-NEG-SUCCESS event
This provides status information about the negotiated group to
wpa_supplicant control interface monitors during group formation in a
form that is easier to use than having to fetch the information
separately.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-26 13:35:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2c6f8cf6c8 Replace perror() with wpa_printf(strerror) in ctrl_iface calls
This replaces number of perror() calls with wpa_printf() to get the
error messages embedded within rest of the debug messages in the same
stream instead of pushing these to stderr which may get directed to
another location.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-26 11:46:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e743db4309 IBSS RSN: Add IBSS-RSN-COMPLETED event message
This new control interface event message is used to indicate when
both 4-way handshakes have been completed with a new IBSS peer.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-25 23:09:22 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4c559019bd P2P: Add state info to global STATUS command
This can be used for debugging purposes to see what the current P2P
module state is.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-25 21:02:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ae8c27f79d Add STATUS command to global control interface
This provides global status information that is applicable to all
interfaces (e.g., P2P state). In addition, ifname/address pairs are
listed to get information of all the interfaces that are currently
managed through this wpa_supplicant instance.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-25 20:53:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
42868f1486 Add SAVE_CONFIG command to global control interface
This iterates through all interfaces and saves configuration file
updates for each interface that allows it (update_config=1).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-25 20:41:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1b9b31c153 Add SET command for global control interface
This allows global parameters to be set through the global control
interface without having to use IFNAME prefix. For now, this covers
only the wifi_display parameter.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-25 20:35:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
25a8f9e316 Clear EAPOL supplicant configuration info on current_ssid changes
There were some code paths that allowed obsolete configuration data
pointer to be maintained within EAPOL supplicant in case a network was
removed while not connection to it (i.e., wpa_s->current_ssid not
pointing to the network that was removed). This could result in use of
freed memory, e.g., from eap_sm_notify_ctrl_attached() when a new
control interface connected prior to the EAPOL supplicant configuration
pointer got updated.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-25 19:46:57 +03:00
Avraham Stern
973622cd44 wpa_supplicant: Fix AP mode frequency initialization
In AP mode the frequency was initialized only after trying to set up the
AP which caused failure. Move AP frequency initialization to the right
place. This allows an AP mode network block without the frequency
parameter to be used with the default channel 11 being selected in that
case.

Signed-hostap: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2013-08-25 11:24:29 +03:00
Ilan Peer
d99ca89d98 P2P: Skip non-P2P interface in p2p_group_remove *
When 'p2p_group_remove *' is called while the station interface
is connected, the flow also disconnects the station interface.
Fix this by skipping non-P2P interfaces in the iteration.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-08-25 11:17:14 +03:00
David Spinadel
239abaf2ab WPS: Set currently used RF band in RF Bands attribute
According to WSC specification (Ver 2.0.2, section 8.3), RF Bands
attribute should be set to the specific RF band used for the current
message. Add an option to set wanted band in wps_build_rf_bands() and
add a callback to get the current band from wpa_supplicant and hostapd.

Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2013-08-25 10:55:53 +03:00
Ilan Peer
e0591c3cfe wpa_supplicant: Reduce wait time for control interfaces
Reduce the wait time for the monitor control interfaces to get
messages on wpa_supplicant de-init etc., as this significantly delays
the shutdown of the wpa_supplicant.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-08-25 09:48:27 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
5046eb4e4d P2P: Allow separate interface GO to disconnect low-ack STAs
Propagate the disassoc_low_ack setting from the main P2P interface to
the group interface.

Signed-hostap: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
2013-08-25 09:28:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a235aca316 Fix DETACH command debug prints to avoid use of freed memory
In case a control interface socket is detached because of sendmsg()
failing for the socket, function call to detach the socket uses a
pointer to the socket information in the structure to be freed. Reorder
code to print socket info before freeing the data to avoid use of freed
memory in case debug prints are enabled.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-24 23:31:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8d6e035072 Make global UNIX socket non-blocking for ctrl_iface
This keeps wpa_supplicant from hanging forever if the other end of the
socket dies. This is similar to the earlier commit
4fdc8def88 to make the global control
interface befave in the same way.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-24 20:31:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
86bd141050 Change WEP network selection to reject WPA/WPA2 APs
Previously, wpa_supplicant behavior in WEP configuration was to try to
mimic a device that is not aware of WPA/WPA2 and as such, it tried to
connect to a WPA/WPA2 AP with the assumption that the AP could be
providing support for both WEP and WPA/WPA2 stations in the same BSS.
Such APs could have been used during transition from WEP to more secure
options, but that type of deployment have not been used in large number
and are not really of much use anymore taken into account that more or
less all new devices support WPA/WPA2. That combined with the preference
to deprecate WEP justifies removing this use case and making WEP
networking matching more strict by using the knowledge of AP advertising
WPA/WPA2 as an indication of WEP not being supported.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-23 19:27:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2e145e91e7 WPS: Fix failure path to allow WSC_NACK and EAP-Failure to be exchanged
Commit c7a67a7719 forced disconnection
when wpas_clear_wps() is called. Call this function from a registered
timeout when processing a failure event in order to allow the WPS
handshake to be completed with WSC_NACK and EAP-Failure.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-23 17:49:01 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
50396e29da WPS: Add PBC mode activated/disabled events
This makes it easier to track PBC state on the registrar.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-23 16:52:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
961750c1e8 WPS: Share a common function for error strings
This makes it easier to maintain the list of WPS_EI_* error values and
matching strings.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-23 16:32:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
85a6cdb571 Revert "P2P: Reject p2p_find while P2P connection is in progress"
This reverts commit ce970851af.

It turned out that this breaks lots of use cases where p2p_find is
issued while already in p2p_listen state. As such, we cannot reject
p2p_find this easily without checking for more specific cases.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-08-01 17:03:06 +03:00
Deepthi Gowri
ce970851af P2P: Reject p2p_find while P2P connection is in progress
Though p2p_find is not expected during ongoing P2P connection, it is
possible that any third party application issues a p2p_find resulting in
connection failure. Address this by rejecting any p2p_find command while
connection is in progress.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-08-01 15:39:47 +03:00
Wei-Jen Lin
a2ea8d64d1 P2P: Fix invalid remain-on-channel duration for frame TX
cfg80211 does not allow the zero duration of remain-on-channel. Instead,
use 20 ms as default waiting time when remain-on-channel is used to
schedule offchannel transmission that does not expect a response.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-07-31 23:22:04 +03:00
Sean Lin
cbf41ca796 P2P: Do not delay retries on failure during group formation
4-way handshake may fail under extremely noisy environment and if this
happens during P2P group formation, the 10 second extra delay added in
wpas_auth_failed() can result in running over the 15 second timeout.

Avoid this by skipping the delay mechanism in wpas_auth_failed() for the
P2P group formation case. The P2P formation timeout will take care of
stopping the attempts if the failure condition does not get resolved.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-07-31 23:09:34 +03:00
Ilan Peer
0d08efa447 P2P: Use the number of concurrent channels in P2P flows
Change the P2P flows to use the number of concurrent channels
supported by the device and the number of currently used channels
for the P2P flows.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2013-07-21 20:48:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a21816a933 Use wpa_drv_shared_freq() if get_radio_name() is not supported
Some driver interfaces may not support the get_radio_name() design and
get_shared_radio_freqs() needs to be aware of such possibility when
determining shared radio frequencies.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-07-21 20:48:09 +03:00
Ilan Peer
53c5dfc2c4 Change share_vif_oper_freq() to handle multiple freqs
There are devices that can operate several channels concurrently.
Change shared_vif_oper_freq() to get_shared_radio_freqs() that can
return an array of frequencies currently used by all the virtual
interfaces that share the same radio.

In addition, move it to wpa_supplicant.c, so it can be used by other
modules.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2013-07-21 20:03:53 +03:00
Ilan Peer
4752147d88 nl80211: Report the number of concurrent support channels
Previously, drivers only reported if they support multiple concurrent
channels, but did not report the maximum number of supported channels.
Add this reporting to the driver capabilities and add the implementation
to driver_nl80211.

Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2013-07-21 19:49:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d7df0fa727 Clean up wpa_supplicant_event() with deauth/disassoc helper functions
wpa_supplicant_event() has grown overly large, so it is useful to split
it into smaller pieces.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-07-21 16:40:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fd9f170098 Remove unnecessary nested ifdef CONFIG_AP
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-07-21 16:01:29 +03:00
Antonio Quartulli
13adc57b39 IBSS RSN: Add peer restart detection
To better support the IBSS/RSN mechanism, wpa_supplicant has to be able
to detect a possible peer reboot and in this case it should start a new
EAPOL handshake.

To perform such reboot detection wpa_supplicant has to perform an Open
Authentication by sending an Authentication frame and then replying to
it. IF an Authentication frame is received when the key have already
been exchanged, wpa_supplicant understands that the peer has rebooted
and can reset its state machine.

Whenever a new peer is added to the IBSS wpa_supplicant will start the
Open Authentication and only after having accomplished it will start the
key exchange. If the driver does not support Authentication frame
exchange initiated from user space, this step is skipped to maintain
previous behavior (just go through EAPOL-Key frame processing).

The Open Authentication was partly supported by the Linux kernel but now
wpa_supplicant can register for Authentication frames, handle it in
userspace and so avoid any possible race condition.

Signed-hostap: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
Signed-hostap: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
2013-07-21 15:56:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ec384c566a IBSS RSN: Fix disconnect() with internal SME
Commit 1aef400bf0 implemented IBSS RSN
disconnect() call using sta_deauth() in a way that resulted in NULL
pointer dereference in driver_nl80211.c if SME was in user space. Fix
this by passing the own MAC address in the sta_deauth call.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-07-21 15:21:38 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
4ed8d954dd TDLS: Tear down TDLS using wpas_drv_tlds_oper() if not external
When the device indicates to take care of TDLS operations the TDLS
setup is done calling wpas_drv_tdls_oper(). This patch does a similar
thing for the teardown. This fixes failure of teardown:

"TDLS: Could not find peer <mac> for link Teardown"

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-07-20 17:52:32 +03:00
Chengyi Zhao
831770bffe Cancel delayed scheduled scan when wpa_supplicant cleans up
Because a delayed scheduled scan will access the members of struct
wpa_supplicant which is freed and this can result in a crash,
wpa_supplicant needs to cancel delayed scheduled scan during cleanups.

Signed-hostap: Chengyi Zhao <chengyix.zhao@gmail.com>
2013-07-20 17:47:02 +03:00
Michal Kazior
c8ebeda406 wpa_supplicant: Add support for VHT BSS membership selector
This allows wpa_supplicant to associate to an AP that has VHT BSS
membership selector set to indicate VHT support is required for the BSS.

Without the patch it was impossible to connect to, e.g., hostapd-based
AP that has require_vht=1. wpa_supplicant was complaining with:
  hardware does not support required rate 63.0 Mbps

Signed-hostap: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
2013-07-20 17:28:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1075b29571 P2P: Report group formation failure on error to start GO mode
There is no need to wait for the 15 second group formation timeout
before indicating P2P group formation failure if GO mode cannot be
started successfully for some reason.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-07-11 17:04:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b62b29ea87 Do not block on ctrl_iface monitor events
It looks like some of the global control interface cases ended up
blocking in sendmsg() when trying to send an event. Since this can block
all wpa_supplicant processing for multiple seconds, this is very
undesirable. Avoid this by requesting sendmsg() to return an error
rather than waiting for the message to be sent.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-07-11 17:04:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0b9d3b22c8 Interworking: Relax 3GPP info PLMN matching for MNC
3GPP TS 24.232 Annex A.3 allows network operator to advertise only two
digits of MNC even if MNC has three digits. Allow such matches in
network selection. In addition, allow three digit matches of MNC even if
MNC length was assumed to be two to avoid missing networks if MNC length
cannot be determined reliably. Remove the '-' separator from simulated
SIM/USIM cases to allow the new matching rules to work.

Fix the PLMN List information element parsing loop to use the length of
the PLMN List instead of the length of the full 3GPP Cellular Info to
avoid unexpected matches should a new element ever be added by 3GPP.

Finally, add more debug prints from PLMN matching to make the logs
easier to understand.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-07-08 16:53:05 +03:00
Junli Zhao
c7a67a7719 WPS: Disconnect when removing existing WPS network block
wpas_clear_wps() was just clearing the current wpa_s->current_ssid
pointer when removing a WPS network block which with the device was
associated. This could leave the association up even though the network
block had already been removed. Prevent this by explicitly disconnecting
from the network instead of such clearing current_ssid.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-07-08 12:09:18 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7e7610d788 EAP-EKE: Add peer implementation
This adds a new password-based EAP method defined in RFC 6124.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-07-07 20:30:10 +03:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
06aeff5f8f dbus: Register the AutoScan method call at the right place
Signed-hostap: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2013-07-01 19:11:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
78f79fe5fc P2P: Do not add ctrl interface for P2P_DEVICE (p2p-dev-*)
Adding a new wpa_supplicant control interface for the dedicated
P2P_DEVICE would be quite confusing for programs that manage P2P
operations. Remove this control interface and require the global control
interface to be used since it will provide consistent interface for both
the new dedicated P2P_DEVICE (non-netdev) and old style P2P management
through a netdev.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-07-01 00:36:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1c42b42f6c P2P: Fix TDLS and l2_packet init without P2P Device interface
Commit c68f6200a7 made these calls
conditional on !p2p_mgmt, but forced p2p_mgmt=1 for cases where the
driver does not use the dedicated P2P Device. Fix this by making the
!p2p_mgmt condition apply only if the driver does indicate use of a
dedicated P2P Device.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-06-30 20:02:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9e6a321815 Fix non-P2P build after the P2P_DEVICE changes
Commit c68f6200a7 added a call to a
function that exists only for P2P builds. Fix that with #ifdef
CONFIG_P2P.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-06-30 13:19:59 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
2e5ba4b6d1 P2P: Derive group interface name bit more sensibly
The interface name for the P2P group interface is derived from the
P2P management interface. When the P2P management interface is a
P2P Device interface, i.e., p2p-dev-wlanX, the name for the group
interface is abbreviated to p2p-X (X being group index). When the
P2P management interface starts with p2p-dev- use its postfix
instead. So P2P management interface p2p-dev-wlan3 results in group
interface name p2p-wlan3-0.

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-06-30 10:50:14 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
c68f6200a7 P2P: Create P2P Device interface if supported
If the capability flag of the driver indicates a dedicated P2P Device is
supported, a P2P Device interface is created.

Create the P2P Device in main interface creation loop when the added
interface flags support and P2P supplicant is not yet initialized
avoiding recursion of add_interface.

Do not register l2_packet for P2P Device interface (both for EAPOL and
for TDLS).

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-06-30 10:50:14 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
bb4028f165 P2P: Ignore p2p_no_group_iface when driver advertizes P2P_DEVICE support
Setting p2p_no_group_iface means 'use P2P management interface as P2P
connection interface' because it attempts to change the interface type.
The P2P_DEVICE is a dedicated interface and can not be changed. As such
ignore the configuration option.

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-06-30 10:50:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
080585c01a Add support for OCSP stapling to validate server certificate
When using OpenSSL with TLS-based EAP methods, wpa_supplicant can now be
configured to use OCSP stapling (TLS certificate status request) with
ocsp=1 network block parameter. ocsp=2 can be used to require valid OCSP
response before connection is allowed to continue.

hostapd as EAP server can be configured to return cached OCSP response
using the new ocsp_stapling_response parameter and an external mechanism
for updating the response data (e.g., "openssl ocsp ..." command).

This allows wpa_supplicant to verify that the server certificate has not
been revoked as part of the EAP-TLS/PEAP/TTLS/FAST handshake before
actual data connection has been established (i.e., when a CRL could not
be fetched even if a distribution point were specified).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-06-30 01:01:15 +03:00
Arend van Spriel
72950ed240 P2P: Remove a call to wpas_p2p_deinit_global()
In wpa_supplicant_deinit(), the function wpas_p2p_deinit_global()
was called. Remove it as it will be called from wpas_deinit_iface()
upon removal of the P2P management interface.

Signed-hostap: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
2013-06-25 13:56:28 +03:00
Chengyi Zhao
8a901d750b D-Bus: Emit signal when a station is authorized or deauthorized
Add "StaAuthorized" and "StaDeauthorized" D-Bus interface in AP mode.
After enabling the AP mode of wpa_supplicant, the other process need to
get the MAC address and authorization status of every station, so
wpa_supplicant emits signal when the station is authorized or
deauthorized.

Signed-hostap: Chengyi Zhao <chengyix.zhao@gmail.com>
2013-06-22 12:09:09 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
9578329874 Add AVG_RSSI report in signal_poll
Add AVG_RSSI report to the signal_poll command if it is reported by
the kernel.

Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-06-22 12:01:05 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
2cc8d8f4e8 Add bandwidth and center freq info to signal_poll
Signed-hostap: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-06-22 12:00:46 +03:00
Alexander Bondar
1e0e943e19 Remove 802.11b rates only in case of P2P group operation
11b rates removal have had impact on SoftAP functionality in
wpa_supplicant. This patch verifies that only in case of P2P group
operation 11b rates will be eliminated. Refer also to commit
4c2c302893.

Signed-hostap: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-hostap: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2013-06-22 11:28:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ec7b97ab00 Interworking: Add support for using eap_proxy offload
Fetch IMSI through eap_proxy for Interworking network selection if
needed.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-06-19 18:42:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
aa20e1a1fb Remove CONFIG_NO_WPA2 build parameter
There is not much use for enabling WPA without WPA2 nowadays since most
networks have been upgraded to WPA2. Furthermore, the code size savings
from disabling just WPA2 are pretty small, so there is not much
justification for maintaining this build option. Remove it to get rid of
undesired complexity.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-06-07 20:13:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5d5c4ee5e0 Remove compiler warnings with CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-06-07 20:04:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9aaa6955a8 Remove compiler warnings if TDLS is enabled without WPA2
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-06-07 20:04:12 +03:00
Bharat Bhushan
1aef400bf0 IBSS RSN: Implement disconnect() callback using sta_deauth()
This allows driver wrappers to implement disconnection of IBSS peers in
cases operations, e.g., GTK update, fail.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-06-07 13:07:17 +03:00
Wei-Jen Lin
4abc0424ef P2P: Automatic channel selection at re-invocation of persistent GO
If the driver wrapper supports best operation channel indication, the
p2p_group_add command can now use special values (freq=2 and freq=5) to
indicate that the re-invoked persistent GO is to be started on the
specified band.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-06-05 02:06:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e78aaca0da Stop TKIP countermeasures on FLUSH command
This is needed to get wpa_supplicant into clean state during testing if
a test case triggers countermeasures.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-24 16:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
376204934d wpa_cli: Support tab completion with ifname= prefix
Enable tab completion for the cases where ifname= prefix is used in
interactive mode by skipping over that prefix before running through the
per-command completion routines. The ifname= prefix itself is also
covered by adding the possible interface names to the command list.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-23 20:35:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
13b11ba702 wpa_cli: Allow IFNAME= prefix to be used
Strip out the IFNAME=<ifname> prefix from commands before parsing them
through the normal processing and then add the prefix back to the
beginning of the actual control interface command to make per-interface
commands work through the global control interface without having to use
the 'raw' command.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-23 20:04:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ae8535b6e1 WNM: Make ESS Disassoc Imminent event more convenient to use
Define a proper event prefix and include additional information to allow
ESS Dissassociation Imminent event to be used in a wpa_cli action
script.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-23 16:51:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6df634faf9 WNM: Do not reject ESS Disassoc Imminent
This indication is not expected to include candidates, so do not reject
it based on that.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-23 16:50:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7b53acd395 WNM: Use defines for BSS Trans Mgmt field values
Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-23 16:50:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dad153d16b Try to use fast-associate on ENABLE_NETWORK
This makes ENABLE_NETWORK behave similarily to SELECT_NETWORK by
allowing a scan to be skipped if recent scan results are available.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-22 16:10:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b06800170a Fix already-associated detection with driver-based BSS selection
wpa_s->pending_bssid is all zeros during connection attempt when
driver-based BSS selection is used. Take this into account when
determining whether new scan results should trigger a connection based
on wpa_s->current_ssid, i.e., a connection attempt with the selected
network instead of selected BSS.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-22 16:10:59 +03:00
Sean Lin
72728c6fa8 P2P: Relax channel forcing for invitation processing with MCC support
When STA interface is connected and P2P interface gets invited in a
different channel from previous P2P group, the invitiation would fail
because of no common channel found. Fix this by using different logic
when device support multi channel concurrency.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-22 13:29:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f65f539d9a GAS: Reduce query timeout to two seconds
The five second timeout for GAS queries is excessive and can result in
long waits in cases where APs are either misconfigured or frames are
lost.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-20 11:09:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7a56af545a GAS: Assign new dialog token even if previous one is free
This makes the design more robust against unexpected duplicates since
each new GAS exchange gets a different dialog token compared to the
previous one.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-20 11:09:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9e1ecab1c5 GAS: Ignore replays if previous frag_id without dropping GAS session
It looks like it may be possible for an older GAS response to get retransmitted
even after the first copy has been processed. While this should not really come
up all the way to wpa_supplicant due to sequence number being same (i.e.,
duplicate detection should from the frame), some cases have been observed where
this did cause issues. Drop such a frame silently without dropping the ongoing
GAS session to allow a frame with the next frag_id to be processed after this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-20 11:08:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fa7ae9501b Add test code for fetching the last configured GTK
This can be useful for some test cases, so allow wpa_supplicant to be
built with special test functionality to expose the current (last
configured) GTK. This is disabled by default and can be enabled by
adding following line into .config:
CFLAGS += -DCONFIG_TESTING_GET_GTK

The GTK can then be fetched with "wpa_cli get gtk".

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-20 11:00:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
576bce9c86 P2P: Direct global ctrl_iface commands automatically for P2P
The P2P management operations like P2P_FIND and P2P_CONNECT are not
really specific to any network interface. These are P2P Device level
operations that are in more global device context. Allow those to be
sent through the global control interface without IFNAME parameter.

For now, these commands are directed within wpa_supplicant to the
network interface that initialized the global P2P context. This may
change in the future if a special context is added for P2P operations.
Anyway, such changes can now be done internally within wpa_supplicant
without affecting this global control interface design from external
view point.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 19:41:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c4bf83a723 P2P: No duplicate AP-STA-CONNECTED/DISCONNECTED as global event
These events are sent as a special case to both the group interface and
"parent interface" (i.e., the interface that was used for managing P2P
negotiation). The latter is not really correct event, so get rid of it
with the new global control interface design where there is no need to
support legacy upper layer implementations.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 19:18:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
92c4465b75 P2P: Mark P2P events global (not specific to interface)
This removes the "IFNAME=<ifname> " prefix from P2P events that are
received through the global control interface since these events are not
really specific to any network interface, but the full device.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 18:59:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ed496f131f P2P: Clean up debug prints
Replace direct wpa_msg() calls with p2p_dbg(), p2p_info(), and p2p_err()
calls that use a new debug_print() callback to handle actual debug
printing outside the P2P module.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 18:47:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
710ae9ac1f P2P: Move p2p_find stopped event message into p2p_supplicant.c
This removes wpa_ctrl.h dependency from src/p2p/* and makes the P2P
events more consistent, i.e., everything that is aimed for upper layer
processing from the wpa_supplicant control interfaces is generated in
p2p_supplicant.c.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 16:06:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
47bfe49c31 Add wpa_msg_global() for global events
This function can be used instead of wpa_msg() and wpa_msg_ctrl() to
indicate that an event is not specific to a network interface.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 14:19:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
214e428b42 Allow global ctrl_iface monitors
The ATTACH/DETACH mechanism to request event messages from
wpa_supplicant can now be used through the global control interface,
too. This results in events from all interfaces being delivered through
a single monitor socket. "IFNAME=<ifname> " prefix is used on events
that are specific to an interface.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 14:07:28 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
89c7ac570b wpa_cli: Set buffer length the same as in wpa_supplicant_ctrl_iface_process()
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-05-18 12:21:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
faf9a8585d Add band option (2.4 vs. 5) for filtering scans
This can be used to implement filtering of channels for scan and based
on that, for connection, purposes.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-18 12:17:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b83b1b2da8 Android: Clarify keystore include directories
This updates hostapd to build using the new keystore header file
location and adds a note that the old frameworks/base/cmds/keystore can
be removed at some point in the future when old Android releases do not
need to be supported.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 12:03:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d2a9e2c76d Abstract and Android sockets for global ctrl_iface
The wpa_supplicant global control interface parameter can now be used to
explicitly specify an abstract UNIX domain socket (Linux specific
extension) with "@abstract:" prefix and an Android control socket with
"@android:" prefix.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 11:42:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6fd5ceaf70 wpa_cli: Allow global interface to be used in interactive mode
This is mostly a corner case at this point, but if wpa_cli was started
with global control interface connection (-g) and interactive mode,
per-interface control interface was tried to be opened with the
previously opened global ctrl_iface connection gettign leaked.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 11:40:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2925756575 wpa_supplicant: Add -G argument to specify global ctrl group
The optional -G<group> command line argument can be used to specify the
group that can access the global control interface.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 11:00:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cf3bebf28c Allow global ctrl_iface to be used for per-interface commands
"IFNAME=<ifname> " prefix can now be used on the wpa_supplicant global
control interface to direct a command to a specific interface instead of
having to use an interface specific control interface for this. This
allows a single socket to be used for controlling multiple virtual
interfaces.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-05-18 10:19:38 +03:00
Suryadevara Sudheer
c6ccf12d3f P2P: Use preferred channel list during GO creation
This extends support for p2p_pref_Chan configuration parameter for
autonomous GO creation.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-17 11:27:02 +03:00
Yufeng Wang
010b5f9bfc P2P: Fix p2p_pref_chan setting from configuration file
Commit 21d996f775 added p2p_pref_chan as a
configuration file parameter, but included only the case of dynamically
setting this at runtime through the control interface SET command.
Complete this functionality by taking this value into use directly from
the configuration file, too.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-17 11:03:52 +03:00
Daniel Gnoutcheff
d7692b8d1c dbus: Terminate cleanly on messagebus shutdown
By default, dbus_connection_dispatch() will call _exit() if the bus
connection has been closed. This caused wpa_supplicant to terminate
without properly cleaning up after itself.

To ensure that we terminate cleanly when the messagebus terminates,
override the exit_on_disconnect behavior and install a filter to handle
libdbus's "Disconnected" signal.

[Bug 474]

Signed-hostap: Daniel Gnoutcheff <daniel@gnoutcheff.name>
2013-05-16 20:47:28 +03:00
Vinayak Kamath
e2396a684e WNM: Enable CONFIG_WNM in Android.mk
Signed-hostap: Vinayak Kamath <vkamat@codeaurora.org>
2013-05-16 17:51:18 +03:00
Vinayak Kamath
65bcd0a92d WNM: Add sending of BSS Transition Management Query
The new control interface command can be used to send a
BSS Transition Management Query frame to the current AP.

Signed-hostap: Vinayak Kamath <vkamat@codeaurora.org>
2013-05-16 17:50:31 +03:00
Vinayak Kamath
e27d20bb68 WNM: Add neighbor report processing for BSS Transition Management
Process the neighbor report received in BSS Management Request frames.

Signed-hostap: Vinayak Kamath <vkamat@codeaurora.org>
2013-05-16 17:48:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f3e907a745 WPS: Clear connection failure counts on WPS success
The WPS provisioning case does not result in successful connection by
design and as such, this can result in networks getting temporarily
disabled. Avoid this by clearing the failure counts on WPS success.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-15 17:33:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
170f5663dc WPS NFC: Connect using learnt credential after NFC Tag read
Instead of just adding the new network, prefer the network learnt from a
configuration token during the first connection attempt. This makes the
WPS NFC case behave similarly to the in-band provisioning cases if there
are more preferred networks in the scan results.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-15 16:46:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e679f140b9 Mark interface disconnected on removal request
This cleans up debug log by not trying to process the disconnection
event as a failure that could result in blacklist addition and auto
connect attempt. These are pointless operations since the interface is
going to removed immediately after this.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-12 19:18:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3636b891b7 Do not try auto connect mechanism in disconnected state
This cleans up debug log by not requesting the auto connect on
dissassociation event if we are already in disconnected state and would
not try to connect anyway.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-12 19:18:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0cdb93fe9f Do not add BSS to blacklist on local disconnection request
There is no point in marking a BSS temporarily blacklisted based on a
connection failure or disconnection case if that happens as a result of
a local request to disconnect. The blacklist entry could result on
unexpected BSS getting selected on the next connection attempt. In
addition, the code to try to find another BSS within the ESS could
result in scanning a single channel on the next attempt. Fix these
issues by handling the connection failure events only if we are not in
disconnected state (i.e., would try to reconnect after this
automatically).

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-12 19:18:55 +03:00
Deepthi Gowri
36b9883d84 Defer scan if connection is in progress on any of the shared interfaces
Scanning can delay concurrent operations considerably, so it is better
to avoid that while trying to connect on any of the virtual interfaces
that share the same radio.

Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-10 16:10:50 +03:00